81_FR_44586 81 FR 44456 - Medicare Program: Expanding Uses of Medicare Data by Qualified Entities

81 FR 44456 - Medicare Program: Expanding Uses of Medicare Data by Qualified Entities

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 130 (July 7, 2016)

Page Range44456-44482
FR Document2016-15708

This final rule implements requirements under Section 105 of the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 that expand how qualified entities may use and disclose data under the qualified entity program to the extent consistent with applicable program requirements and other applicable laws, including information, privacy, security and disclosure laws. This rule also explains how qualified entities may create non-public analyses and provide or sell such analyses to authorized users, as well as how qualified entities may provide or sell combined data, or provide Medicare claims data alone at no cost, to certain authorized users. In addition, this rule implements certain privacy and security requirements, and imposes assessments on qualified entities if the qualified entity or the authorized user violates the terms of a data use agreement required by the qualified entity program.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 130 (Thursday, July 7, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 130 (Thursday, July 7, 2016)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 44456-44482]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-15708]



[[Page 44455]]

Vol. 81

Thursday,

No. 130

July 7, 2016

Part III





Department of Health and Human Services





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





42 CFR Part 401





Medicare Program: Expanding Uses of Medicare Data by Qualified 
Entities; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 44456]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services

42 CFR Part 401

[CMS-5061-F]
RIN 0938-AS66


Medicare Program: Expanding Uses of Medicare Data by Qualified 
Entities

AGENCY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule implements requirements under Section 105 of 
the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 that expand 
how qualified entities may use and disclose data under the qualified 
entity program to the extent consistent with applicable program 
requirements and other applicable laws, including information, privacy, 
security and disclosure laws. This rule also explains how qualified 
entities may create non-public analyses and provide or sell such 
analyses to authorized users, as well as how qualified entities may 
provide or sell combined data, or provide Medicare claims data alone at 
no cost, to certain authorized users. In addition, this rule implements 
certain privacy and security requirements, and imposes assessments on 
qualified entities if the qualified entity or the authorized user 
violates the terms of a data use agreement required by the qualified 
entity program.

DATES: These regulations are effective on September 6, 2016.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Allison Oelschlaeger, (202) 690-8257. 
Kari Gaare, (410) 786-8612.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background

    On April 16, 2015, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act 
of 2015 (MACRA) (Pub. L. 114-10) was enacted. The law included a 
provision, Section 105, Expanding the Availability of Medicare Data, 
which takes effect on July 1, 2016. This section expands how qualified 
entities will be allowed to use and disclose data under the qualified 
entity program, including data subject to section 1874(e) of the Social 
Security Act (the Act), to the extent consistent with other applicable 
laws, including information, privacy, security and disclosure laws.
    The Qualified Entity program was established by Section 10332 of 
the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Affordable Care Act) 
(Pub. L. 111-148). The implementing regulations, which became effective 
January 6, 2012, are found in subpart G of 42 CFR part 401 (76 FR 
76542). Under those provisions, CMS provides standardized extracts of 
Medicare Part A and B claims data and Part D drug event data 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as Medicare claims data) covering 
one or more geographic regions to qualified entities at a fee equal to 
the cost of producing the data. Under the original statutory 
provisions, such Medicare claims data must be combined with other non-
Medicare claims data and may only be used to evaluate the performance 
of providers and suppliers. The measures, methodologies and results 
that comprise such evaluations are subject to review and correction by 
the subject providers and suppliers, after which the results are to be 
disseminated in public reports.
    Those wishing to become qualified entities are required to apply to 
the program. Currently, fourteen organizations have applied and 
received approval to be a qualified entity. Of these organizations, two 
have completed public reporting while the other twelve are in various 
stages of preparing for public reporting. While we have been pleased 
with the participation in the program so far, we expect that the 
changes required by MACRA will increase interest in the program.
    Under section 105 of MACRA, effective July 1, 2016, qualified 
entities will be allowed to use the combined data and information 
derived from the evaluations described in 1874(e)(4)(D) of the Act to 
conduct non-public analyses and provide or sell these analyses to 
authorized users for non-public use in accordance with the program 
requirements and other applicable laws. In highlighting the need to 
comply with other applicable laws, we particularly note that any 
qualified entity that is a covered entity or business associate as 
defined in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 
1996 (``HIPAA'') regulations at 45 CFR 160.103 will need to ensure 
compliance with any applicable HIPAA requirements, including the 
restriction on the sale of protected health information (PHI) without 
authorization at 45 CFR 164.502(a)(5)(ii).
    In addition, qualified entities will be permitted to provide or 
sell the combined data, or provide the Medicare claims data alone at no 
cost, again, in accordance with the program requirements and other 
applicable laws, to providers, suppliers, hospital associations, and 
medical societies. Qualified entities that elect to provide or sell 
analyses and/or data under these new provisions will be subject to an 
assessment if they or the authorized users to whom they disclose 
patient-identifiable data in the form of analyses or raw data act in a 
manner that violates the terms of a program-required Qualified Entity 
Data Use Agreement (QE DUA). Furthermore, qualified entities that make 
analyses or data available under these new provisions will be subject 
to new annual reporting requirements to aid CMS in monitoring 
compliance with the program requirements. These new annual reporting 
requirements will only apply to qualified entities that choose to 
provide or sell non-public analyses and/or provide or sell combined 
data, or provide Medicare claims data alone at no cost.
    We believe these changes to the qualified entity program will be 
important in driving higher quality, lower cost care in Medicare and 
the health system in general. We also believe that these changes will 
increase interest in the qualified entity program, leading to more 
transparency regarding provider and supplier performance and innovative 
uses of data that will result in improvements to the healthcare 
delivery system while still ensuring appropriate privacy and security 
protections for beneficiary-identifiable data.

II. Provisions of the Proposed Regulations and Responses to Public 
Comments

    In the February 2, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 5397), we published 
the proposed rule entitled, ``Expanding Uses of Medicare Data by 
Qualified Entities.'' We provided a 60-day public comment period.
    In the proposed rule, to implement the new statutory provisions of 
section 105 of MACRA, we proposed to amend and make conforming changes 
to part 401, subpart G, ``Availability of Medicare Data for Performance 
Measurement.'' We received approximately 50 comments on the proposed 
rule from a wide variety of individuals and organizations. Many of the 
comments were from providers or suppliers, or organizations 
representing providers and suppliers. We also received a number of 
comments from organizations engaged in performance measurement or data 
aggregation, some of whom are already qualified entities and others who 
may apply to be qualified entities in the future. Other comments came 
from registries, state Medicaid agencies, issuers, and individuals.
    Many of the comments were positive and praised CMS for the proposed

[[Page 44457]]

changes to the qualified entity program. Commenters also had a range of 
suggestions for changes to program requirements around the provision or 
sale of non-public analyses and data. We received a number of comments 
on expanding the data available to qualified entities to include claims 
data under Medicaid and the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP). 
In addition, we received a number of comments on the disclosure of data 
to qualified clinical data registries for quality improvement and 
patient safety activities.
    A more detailed summary of the public comments and our responses 
can be found below in the appropriate sections of this final rule.

A. Non-Public Analyses

    In accordance with Section 105(a)(1) of MACRA, we proposed to allow 
for the qualified entity's use of the combined data or information 
derived from the evaluations described in section 1874(e)(4)(D) of the 
Act to create non-public analyses and provide for the provision or sale 
of these analyses to authorized users in accordance with the program 
requirements discussed later in this section, as well as other 
applicable laws.
    Comment: Commenters generally supported the proposal to allow 
qualified entities to create non-public analyses and either provide or 
sell these analyses. One commenter suggested that CMS expressly state 
at Sec.  401.716(a) that qualified entities may provide or sell the 
non-public analyses. Another commenter recommended that CMS clarify 
that the non-public analyses are not subject to discovery or admittance 
into evidence in any judicial or administrative proceeding.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support of the provision or 
sale of non-public analyses. Since the intent of this section is to 
allow qualified entities to both provide and sell non-public analyses 
in accordance with program requirements and other applicable laws, we 
have made changes to the regulation text to expressly state as much.
    The statute, at 1874(e)(4)(D) of the Act, explicitly states, ``data 
released to a qualified entity under this subsection shall not be 
subject to discovery or admission as evidence in judicial or 
administrative proceedings without consent of the applicable provider 
or supplier.'' We believe this statutory shield only applies to data 
released to the qualified entity under 1874(e) and when that data is in 
the possession of the qualified entity. Once the Medicare data is used 
to create non-public analyses and those non-public analyses are shared 
with authorized users, we do not believe the statutory shield applies.
1. Additional Analyses
    In the proposed rule, we defined combined data as a set of CMS 
claims data provided under subpart G combined with a subset of claims 
data from at least one of the other claims data sources described in 
Sec.  401.707(d). We did not propose to establish a minimum amount of 
data that must be included in the combined data set from other sources.
    Comment: We received numerous comments on the definition of 
combined data. Many commenters recommended that CMS alter the 
definition of combined data to allow qualified entities to combine the 
Medicare data with clinical data for the creation of non-public 
analyses. These commenters stated that clinical data can help 
facilitate more appropriate analyses of provider resource use than just 
claims data alone. One commenter suggested that the definition of 
combined data also include consumer, socio-demographic, and other types 
of patient and provider-level data. Other commenters suggested that CMS 
clarify that combined data must, at a minimum, be comprised of CMS 
claims data merged with claims data from other sources, but other data 
may also be included in this combined data. One commenter agreed with 
the proposed definition of combined data.
    Response: Section 105(a)(1)(A) of MACRA requires that the non-
public analyses be based on the combined data described in 
1874(e)(4)(B)(iii) as ``data made available under this subsection with 
claims data from sources other than claims data under this title''. 
Given these statutory limitations, we do not believe we can modify the 
definition of combined data.
    However, we do recognize the value of combining claims data with 
clinical data for the development of non-public analyses and believe 
the use of clinical data in non-public analyses can significantly 
improve the value of these analyses to support quality and patient 
improvement activities. Clinical data such as laboratory test results 
or radiology and pathology reports, can add useful information about a 
patient's chronic condition burden, health status, and other factors 
that are not available in claims data. We can also see some value in 
combining consumer, socio-demographic, and other types of patient and 
provider level data with the Medicare data. As a result, we do want to 
clarify, that combined data requires at a minimum that the CMS claims 
data be combined with other sources of claims data, but that this does 
not prevent the qualified entity from merging other data (for example, 
clinical, consumer, or socio-demographic data) with the combined data 
for the development of non-public analyses.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that CMS require qualified 
entities to make public a list of the claims data it receives from CMS 
and the data it intends to combine with the CMS claims data for non-
public analyses. One commenter suggested that this public release of 
information also include the percent of the cohort for analysis that 
each source is contributing.
    Response: We are very committed to greater data transparency and 
all qualified entities are required to publicly report on provider 
performance as part of their participation in the program. However, we 
do not see significant value in requiring qualified entities to 
publicly report on the other sources of data used in non-public 
analyses since the analyses themselves will not be released publicly.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that they supported the proposal 
not to establish a threshold for the minimum amount of data that must 
be included in the combined data set from other sources.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support.
    Comment: A few commenters recommended that the requirement to use 
combined data not preclude Medicare-only analyses. These commenters 
stated that Medicare-only analyses such as segmenting provider and 
supplier performance evaluations by payer type or conducting 
longitudinal analysis of differences in cost and quality for certain 
conditions by payer type would have significant value for many 
authorized users.
    Response: We recognize the value of Medicare-only analyses, 
especially to help providers and suppliers understand how quality and 
costs differ across their patient population. In addition, as the CMS 
Innovation Center continues to develop and test new models of care, 
qualified entities may play a role in conducting analyses to help 
providers and suppliers better manage patient outcomes and costs under 
a different payment model. As a result, we want to clarify that the 
requirement to use combined data does not prevent qualified entities 
from providing or selling analyses that allow the authorized user to 
drill down by payer type to Medicare-only results. For example, a 
qualified entity may provide or sell a provider a report that includes 
the provider's overall score on certain

[[Page 44458]]

quality and resource use measures (using combined data) and then 
presents scores for each of these measures by payer type (including a 
Medicare fee-for-service category).
2. Limitations on the Qualified Entities With Respect to the Sale and 
Provision of Non-Public Analyses
    In accordance with section 105(a)(1) of MACRA, we proposed a number 
of limitations on qualified entities with respect to the sale and 
provision of non-public analyses.
    First, we proposed to limit qualified entities to only providing or 
selling non-public analyses to issuers after the issuer provides the 
qualified entity with claims data that represents a majority of the 
issuers' covered lives in the geographic region and during the time 
frame of the non-public analyses requested by the issuer.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the requirement of issuers to 
submit data to the qualified entity in order to receive analyses, but 
commenters had differing recommendations on the threshold of a majority 
of the issuers' covered lives. A number of commenters stated that CMS 
should not impose a threshold on the amount of data issuers must submit 
to a qualified entity to receive analyses. These commenters stated that 
the responsibility to ensure appropriate sample size for analyses 
should rest with the qualified entity. However, another commenter 
recommended that CMS require an issuer to provide the qualified entity 
with data on all of its covered lives for the geographic region and 
during the time frame of the non-public analyses requested. This 
commenter stated that requiring 100 percent of an issuer's covered 
lives would allow for more complete analyses. One commenter supported 
the threshold of the majority of an issuers covered lives, but stated 
that CMS should allow a health insurance issuer to request a non-public 
analysis for a geographic region outside the issuer's area of coverage, 
provided the issuer supplies claims data for a majority of the covered 
lives for the time period requested in all regions where it provides 
coverage. This commenter noted that analyses for other geographic 
regions may be beneficial to smaller, regional health insurance issuers 
interested in cost and utilization in a comparable region or looking to 
expand their areas of coverage. Another commenter supported the 
threshold, but recommended that CMS create an exceptions process for 
cases where legitimate and important analyses, such as identifying 
providers treating orphan diseases or analysis fundamental for a health 
plan issuer to enter a new market, that could not meet the proposed 
threshold. Finally, one commenter stated that CMS should allow 
qualified entities discretion to provide or sell analyses to health 
insurance issuers who have made a good faith commitment to providing 
the qualified entity with claims data that represents a majority of the 
health insurance issuer's covered lives by a certain future date.
    Response: As we stated in the proposed rule, we considered not 
applying a threshold on the amount of data being provided by the 
issuer, but decided that specifying a threshold would encourage issuers 
to submit data to the qualified entity to be included in the public 
performance reports, increasing the reports' reliability. We believe 
this rationale still applies, and we still believe that there are a 
number of situations where requiring the issuer to provide 100 percent 
of their data for a given time period and geographic region is not 
feasible for the issuer. Based on comments, we revisited whether, on 
balance, requiring issuers to submit data that represents a majority of 
their covered lives in the geographic region and during the time frame 
of the non-public analyses requested by the issuer is generally the 
most appropriate threshold. In doing so, we recognized that in some 
cases an issuer may wish to have analyses for a geographic region where 
it does not provide coverage. However, we believe that in those 
instances the issuer should not be able to receive analyses due to the 
requirement at section 105(a)(1)(B)(ii) of MACRA, that a qualified 
entity may only provide or sell analyses to issuers that have provided 
the qualified entity with data. Therefore, we are modifying our 
proposed requirement around the issuer's claims data submission 
threshold to clarify that qualified entities may not provide or sell 
analyses to issuers when the analyses include geographic areas where 
the issuer does not offer coverage.
    We would like to clarify, however, that the requirement that an 
issuer provide the qualified entity with claims data for at least 50 
percent of its covered lives for the time period and geographic region 
covered by the analyses does not mean that all analyses provided or 
sold to the issuer would need to be based on analyses that considered 
at least 50 percent of the issuers' covered lives. So long as Medicare 
data is combined with other claims data to create the analyses, certain 
analyses, such as those on rare diseases, could be based only on a 
subset of the Medicare claims data and other claims data collected by 
the qualified entity. For example, an issuer could provide data for at 
least 50 percent of their covered lives for the time period and 
geographic region of the non-public analyses to a qualified entity. The 
qualified entity could then use a subset of that data, such as patients 
with a specific rare disease, combine it with Medicare data for 
patients with that rare disease, and provide or sell analyses about 
patients with the rare disease to the issuer. We would like to note, 
however, that qualified entities will need to be careful when producing 
analyses for issuers based on small populations and limited claims data 
to ensure that the resulting analyses truly are patient de-identified.
    We understand the desire to create an exceptions process to allow 
issuers who do not contribute a majority of their covered lives in the 
geographic region and during the timeframe of the non-public analyses 
requested by the issuer to receive analyses. However, we believe that 
imposing a standard threshold for issuer covered lives across all 
qualified entities and issuers is the simplest and least 
administratively burdensome method to ensure equal treatment of 
qualified entities and issuers under this program.
    We also understand the interest in allowing qualified entities to 
provide or sell analyses to health insurance issuers who have made a 
good faith commitment to provide the qualified entity with claims data 
for the majority of their covered lives in the geographic region and 
during the time frame of the non-public analyses requested by the 
issuer. However, we believe that this type of policy could reduce the 
incentives for issuers to share their data with the qualified entity.
    Comment: Several commenters recommended that CMS provide additional 
clarity around the requirements for issuers' claims data submissions to 
the qualified entity. One commenter stated that qualified entities 
should be allowed to meet the covered lives threshold regardless of 
whether they have obtained the claims information directly from the 
issuer or indirectly from a third party. Several commenters recommended 
that CMS provide additional details on the term covered lives to 
clarify how this would be assessed in certain circumstances, such as 
when an issuer is a secondary payer or a member is not enrolled for a 
full year.
    Response: Qualified entities may only provide or sell analyses to 
an issuer if it receives claims data from the issuer. Such data can be 
provided directly by the issuer, or it can be submitted on the

[[Page 44459]]

issuer's behalf by an issuer's business associate. Regardless, the 
qualified entity is responsible for ensuring that the issuer or the 
issuer's business associate is truly providing the qualified entity 
with claims data for a majority of the issuer's covered lives in the 
geographic region and during the timeframe of the non-public analyses 
requested by the issuer.
    We recognize the desire to allow use of data from other sources to 
meet the issuer's claims submission threshold. However, due to the 
statutory limits on to whom the qualified entity may release patient 
identifiable data, we do not believe it would be possible for an issuer 
to ever verify whether the data the qualified entity holds is 
representative of the majority of the issuer's covered lives in the 
applicable geographic region during the applicable time frame unless 
the issuer or its business associate was the source of such data.
    Regarding the definition of covered lives, we recognize that there 
is no commonly accepted definition of covered lives. We plan to rely on 
the methods of calculating covered lives established in regulations 
promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) in December of 2012. 
These regulations at 26 CFR 46.4375-1(c)(2) offer issuers four methods 
for calculating the average number of lives covered under a specified 
health insurance policy--(1) the actual count method, (2) the snapshot 
method, (3) the member months method, and (4) the state form method--
and provide both the calculation method and an example for each of the 
four methods for counting covered lives. These calculations all only 
apply to health insurance policies and we would like to clarify that 
the calculation of covered lives for purposes of the qualified entity 
program does not include dental, disability, or life insurance 
policies. We have modified the regulatory text at Sec.  401.716(b)(1) 
to refer directly to the IRS regulations.
    Second, we proposed that except when patient-identifiable non-
public analyses are shared with the patient's provider or supplier, all 
non-public analyses must be patient de-identified using the de-
identification standards in the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR 
164.514(b). Additional information on the HIPAA de-identification 
standards can be found on the HHS Office for Civil Rights Web site at 
http://www.hhs.gov/hipaa/for-professionals/privacy/special-topics/de-identification/index.html. We also proposed a definition for patient.
    Comment: Many commenters stated that they agreed with CMS' proposal 
that analyses must be de-identified unless the recipient is the 
patient's provider or supplier. One commenter suggested that CMS allow 
other authorized users to receive patient-identifiable analyses, 
stating that patient-identifiable data will be equally valuable to the 
additional proposed authorized users, and that patients can also 
directly benefit from the sharing of patient-identifiable data beyond 
suppliers and providers.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support. While we can see 
some advantages to sharing patient-identifiable analyses with other 
types of authorized users, the statutory language at Section 
105(a)(3)(B) of MACRA states that analyses may not contain any 
information that individually identifies a patient unless the analyses 
are provided or sold to the patient's provider or supplier. Given the 
statutory requirements, we are finalizing our proposal that patient-
identifiable analyses should only be shared with the patient's provider 
or supplier.
    Comment: Many commenters stated that they agreed with the proposal 
to use the de-identification standards in the HIPAA Privacy Rule. 
However, one commenter suggested that CMS modify the HIPAA de-
identification standards to allow inclusion of full patient five-digit 
zip code without population thresholds and inclusion of the month 
element for all dates directly related to a patient, including date of 
death but excepting date of birth. This commenter stated that this 
additional information would empower providers and suppliers to fully 
evaluate their care and quality improvement efforts on a timely and 
ongoing basis with insight into geographic and temporal factors and 
patterns.
    Response: The framework for de-identification that is described in 
the HIPAA Privacy Rule represents an industry standard for de-
identification of health information. Additional information on the 
HIPAA de-identification standards can be found on the HHS Office for 
Civil Rights Web site at http://www.hhs.gov/hipaa/for-professionals/privacy/special-topics/de-identification/index.html. We believe that 
modifying this framework for the purposes of the qualified entity 
program would be likely to create confusion among qualified entities 
and authorized users, many of whom are or will be HIPAA covered 
entities or their business associates.
    Comment: One commenter noted a technical issue at Sec.  
401.716(b)(3) where the text inappropriately referenced Sec.  
401.716(c)(2). One commenter suggested CMS clarify whether the data 
used in the analysis needs to be de-identified at the time of the 
analysis or whether the analysis itself has to be de-identified at the 
time it is shared with an authorized user.
    Response: We thank the commenter for noting this technical issue 
and have fixed the reference to Sec.  401.716(b)(2). We would also like 
to clarify that the data used by the qualified entity to conduct the 
analyses does not need to be de-identified, but the analyses must be 
patient de-identified before they are shared with or sold to an 
authorized user unless the recipient is the patient's provider or 
supplier.
    Comment: We received a number of comments on the definition of a 
patient. Many commenters stated that the time period of 12 months for a 
face-to-face or telehealth appointment was not sufficient. One 
commenter recommended extending the period to 18 months, while several 
other commenters suggested a timeframe of 24 months. These commenters 
noted that stabilized patients do not necessarily visit their physician 
every year. Another commenter suggested that a patient be defined as an 
individual who has visited the provider or supplier at least once 
during the timeframe for which the analysis is being conducted.
    Response: We acknowledge that healthy patients may not visit a 
provider or supplier every year. As a result, we are changing the 
definition of a patient to have a timeframe of the past 24 months for a 
face-to-face or telehealth appointment.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that the definition of a patient 
be expanded beyond an affiliation with a provider or supplier to an 
affiliation with an issuer, employer, or state agency or any other 
authorized user.
    Response: As noted above, we believe Section 105(a)(3)(B) of MACRA 
only permits patient-identifiable information to be shared by a 
qualified entity with the patient's provider or supplier.
    Third, we proposed to bar qualified entities' disclosure of non-
public analyses that individually identify a provider or supplier 
unless: (a) The analysis only individually identifies the singular 
recipient of the analysis or (b) each provider or supplier who is 
individually identified in a non-public analysis that identifies 
multiple providers/suppliers has been afforded an opportunity to review 
the aspects of the analysis about them, and, if applicable, request 
error correction. We describe the proposed appeal and error correction 
process in more detail in section II.A.4 below.
    Comment: Several commenters recommended that providers and

[[Page 44460]]

suppliers should not have the opportunity to review and request error 
correction for analyses that individually identify the provider or 
supplier. These commenters noted in particular that analyses 
identifying fraud or abuse should not be reviewed by the provider in 
advance of being shared with the authorized user. One commenter 
suggested that a review and error corrections process for non-public 
reports only be triggered when a provider or supplier is individually 
identified and his or her performance is evaluated in the manner 
described in section 1874(e)(4)(C). Another commenter recommended that 
when a group of providers are identified as part of a practice group 
(that is, part of the same Tax Identification Number), and prior 
consent by the providers has been obtained, the practice group should 
be considered the entity that can receive analyses for the individual 
providers in the practice.
    Response: We believe that Section 105(a)(6) of MACRA requires that 
qualified entities allow providers and suppliers an opportunity to 
review analyses that individually identify the provider or supplier 
and, if necessary, and, when needed, request error correction in the 
analyses. In addition, regardless of the statutory requirements, we 
believe that providers and suppliers should not be evaluated by a 
qualified entity without having a chance to review and, when needed, 
request error correction in the analyses. For example, it would not be 
fair for an issuer to move a provider to a different network tier based 
on analyses that did not correctly attribute patients to that provider. 
We recognize that the review and corrections process may lead to some 
limitations in the development of certain types of analyses, such as 
those identifying fraud and abuse. However, we believe that creating 
different standards for different types of analyses would be too 
administratively complex to implement, and could create tensions 
between providers and suppliers and qualified entities over whether an 
analysis warranted review by the provider or supplier before it was 
shared with an authorized user.
    However, we recognize that in many cases providers or suppliers may 
wish to allow certain authorized users to receive analyses without the 
need for a review process. For example, clinicians that are part of a 
group practice may want to allow their practice manager, who may be 
functioning as the clinician's business associate, to receive analyses 
without first going through a provider/supplier review or being subject 
to a request for correction. We believe that the decision about who 
should be able to receive analyses that individually identify a 
provider or supplier without such review and opportunity to correct 
should rest with the individual provider or supplier. As a result, we 
are adding a third exception to the bar on disclosure of non-public 
analyses that individually identify a provider or supplier to allow 
providers or suppliers to designate, in writing, the authorized user(s) 
that may receive analyses from the qualified entity without first 
giving the provider or supplier individually identified in the 
analysis/es the opportunity to review the analyses, and, if applicable, 
request error correction.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS add clarity to what it 
means to ``individually identify'' a provider or supplier and stated 
that the definition should indicate that to individually identify means 
to use direct identifiers such as name or provider number for a 
provider or supplier that is an individual person. This commenter 
suggested that naming a physician group or clinic that is not itself a 
provider or supplier (but that may be comprised of individual providers 
or suppliers) would not count as individually identifying a provider or 
supplier. Another commenter suggested that the review and corrections 
process only apply to the entity that the analyses focus on. For 
example, if the qualified entity is conducting analyses of episodes of 
care for patients with joint replacement at a given hospital, the 
analyses may include findings on many different providers and 
suppliers, such as surgeons, skilled nursing facilities, home health 
agencies, and others. In this case, the commenter recommended that only 
the hospital be given the opportunity to review and request correction 
of errors.
    Response: Regardless of whether they are an individual clinician, 
group practice, or facility and regardless of whether they are the 
direct subject of the report, we believe section 105(a)(6) of MACRA 
requires that qualified entities allow providers and suppliers the 
opportunity to review and request correction of errors in analyses that 
identify the provider or supplier. Group practice and facility-level 
providers and suppliers, as well as those indirectly evaluated in 
analyses, face as much reputational harm from the dissemination of 
incorrect information about care delivery and costs as individual 
clinicians or those directly evaluated in the analyses. We have added 
language to clarify this requirement at Sec.  401.716(b)(4).
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS implement a process to 
proactively educate providers and suppliers regarding the review, 
corrections, and appeals process for non-public analyses.
    Response: We believe that many qualified entities that decide to 
disclose analyses that individually identify a provider or supplier 
will choose to do an education campaign with providers and suppliers in 
their region to ensure that any necessary review and error correction 
processes go smoothly. This will allow the qualified entity to build a 
direct relationship with the provider or supplier. In addition, since 
providers and suppliers are one of the types of authorized users that 
qualified entities can provide or sell non-public analyses and data to, 
we believe that qualified entities will proactively attempt to build 
strong relationships with the provider and supplier community in their 
region. As a result, while we see a small role for CMS to play in 
educating providers and suppliers about the review and error correction 
process through our usual provider outreach channels, we believe 
qualified entities will play the main role in provider and supplier 
education about the review, corrections, and appeals process.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested additional limitations that 
CMS should impose on qualified entities with respect to the disclosure 
of non-public analyses. One commenter recommended that CMS require 
qualified entities to provide authorized users with a detailed 
methodology of statistical analyses to ensure their validity. This 
commenter also stated that CMS should require qualified entities to 
follow an appropriate methodology in attributing costs to providers. 
Another commenter suggested that evaluations of physician performance 
should be required to have data from at least two sources.
    Response: With regard to the suggestions around statistical 
validity and cost attribution, we believe that these are issues that 
the qualified entity should discuss directly with the authorized user 
who is receiving or purchasing the analyses. We expect that most, if 
not all, authorized users will expect the qualified entity to include 
some description of the methodology for the analyses along with the 
report, but that the level of detail and content needed by each 
authorized user may vary. In addition, authorized users may have 
different ideas about the most appropriate method for cost attribution 
and we believe that they should be able to work with the qualified 
entity to make a determination for how to

[[Page 44461]]

attribute costs to providers and suppliers. On the issue of requiring 
at least two sources of data, we believe that section 105(a)(1)(A) of 
MACRA requires that the non-public analyses be based on the combined 
data described in 1874(e)(4)(B)(iii) as ``data made available under 
this subsection with claims data from sources other than claims data 
under this title''.
3. Limitations on the Authorized User
    We proposed to require the qualified entity's use of legally 
binding agreements with any authorized users to whom it provides or 
sells non-public analyses. For non-public analyses that only include 
patient de-identified data, we proposed to require the qualified entity 
to enter into a contractually binding non-public analyses agreement 
with any authorized users as a pre-condition to providing or selling 
such non-public analyses.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that they supported the use of a 
legally binding agreement between the qualified entity and the 
authorized user. One commenter suggested that CMS develop a standard 
non-public analyses agreement for qualified entities to use with 
authorized users.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support of this proposal. 
We believe that many qualified entities will have existing agreements 
with authorized users that cover the use and disclosure of analyses 
related to their claims data from other sources. While there may be 
some value in providing organizations new to this type of work a 
template for the agreement, we believe that qualified entities would be 
better served by engaging with their own legal counsel to ensure the 
agreement meets their specific needs.
    For non-public analyses that include patient identifiable data, we 
proposed to require the qualified entity to enter into a qualified 
entity Data Use Agreement (QE DUA) with any authorized users as a pre-
condition to providing or selling such non-public analyses. As we also 
proposed to require use of the QE DUA in the context of the provision 
or sale of combined data, or the provision of Medicare data at no cost, 
we discuss our proposals related to the QE DUA and associated comments 
in the data disclosure discussion in section II.B below.

Requirements in the Non-Public Analyses Agreement

    The statute generally allows qualified entities to provide or sell 
their non-public analyses to authorized users for non-public use, but 
it bars use or disclosure of such analyses for marketing (see section 
105(a)(3)(c) of MACRA). We proposed additional limits on the non-public 
analyses, given the expansive types of non-public analyses that could 
be conducted by the qualified entities if no limits are placed on such 
analyses, and the potential deleterious consequences of some such 
analyses.
    First, we proposed that the non-public analyses agreement require 
that non-public analyses conducted using combined data or the 
information derived from the evaluations described in section 
1874(e)(4)(D) of the Act may not be used or disclosed for the following 
purposes: Marketing, harming or seeking to harm patients and other 
individuals both within and outside the healthcare system regardless of 
whether their data are included in the analyses (for example, an 
employer using the analyses to attempt to identify and fire employees 
with high healthcare costs), or effectuating or seeking opportunities 
to effectuate fraud and/or abuse in the healthcare system (for example, 
a provider using the analyses to identify ways to submit fraudulent 
claims that might not be caught by auditing software). We also proposed 
to adopt the definition of marketing at 45 CFR 164.501 in the HIPAA 
Privacy Rule.
    Comment: Many commenters stated that they supported the proposed 
restrictions on the use of the non-public analyses. One commenter 
suggested that CMS provide greater clarification on what would 
constitute harm to patients and other individuals both within and 
outside the healthcare system. This commenter suggested that harm 
should include activities that would create overly tiered networks that 
could exclude high quality providers, as well as efforts to limit 
patient access to certain treatments or drugs or steer patients to 
certain practices based solely on cost.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support of the restrictions 
on the use of the analyses. On further consideration, we agree that the 
industry may benefit from additional guidance regarding these 
restrictions. Therefore, we anticipate providing additional sub-
regulatory guidance on the standards adopted in this rule for the 
Qualified Entity Certification Program Web site at https://www.qemedicaredata.org/SitePages/home.aspx.
    As we did not receive any comments on the proposed definition of 
marketing, we will finalize the definition without modification.
    Second, in accordance with section 105(a)(1)(B)(i) of MACRA, we 
proposed to require that any non-public analyses provided or sold to an 
employer may only be used by the employer for the purposes of providing 
health insurance to employees and retirees of the employer. We also 
further proposed that if the qualified entity is providing or selling 
non-public analyses to an employer that this requirement be included in 
the non-public analyses agreement. We did not receive any comments on 
this proposal, so are finalizing it without modification.
    We also proposed to require qualified entities to include in the 
non-public analysis agreement a requirement to limit re-disclosure of 
non-public analyses or derivative data to instances in which the 
authorized user is a provider or supplier, and the re-disclosure is as 
a covered entity would be permitted under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(i) or 
164.502(e)(1). Accordingly, a provider or supplier may only re-disclose 
-identifiable health information to a covered entity for the purposes 
of the covered entity's quality assessment and improvement or for the 
purposes of care coordination activities, where that entity has a 
patient relationship with the individual who is the subject of the 
information, or to a business associate of such a covered entity under 
a written contract. We also generally proposed to require qualified 
entities to use a non-public analyses agreement to explicitly bar 
authorized users that are not providers or suppliers from re-disclosure 
of the non-public analyses or any derivative data except to the extent 
a disclosure qualifies as a ``required by law'' disclosure.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that authorized users be 
allowed to re-disclose analyses in order to publish research findings 
provided the analyses do not individually identify a provider. These 
commenters noted that public health interests can be served by allowing 
the disclosure of research findings to the public. One commenter 
recommended allowing broad re-disclosure of analyses when the 
information is beneficiary de-identified, stating that this is 
necessary to reduce cost and improve patient care across the healthcare 
system. Several commenters suggested that authorized users be allowed 
to re-disclose analyses for the purposes of developing products or 
services, such as analytic tools, algorithms, and other innovations for 
improving health outcomes.
    Response: The statutory language at section 105(a)(5) of MACRA 
states that authorized users may not re-disclose or make public any 
analyses, with the exception of allowing providers and suppliers to re-
disclose analyses, as determined by the Secretary, for the

[[Page 44462]]

purposes of care coordination and performance improvement activities. 
As a result, we are finalizing the proposed language on re-disclosure 
of analyses without modification. However, we would like to note that 
CMS currently makes data available to researchers outside of this 
qualified entity program, including those interested in developing 
products or tools. Individuals and organizations interested in 
accessing CMS data for research purposes should visit the Research Data 
Assistance Center (ResDAC) at www.resdac.org for more information.
    Fourth, we proposed to require qualified entities to impose a 
legally enforceable bar on the authorized user's linking de-identified 
analyses (or data or analyses derived from such non-public analyses) to 
any other identifiable source of information or in any other way 
attempting to identify any individual whose de-identified data is 
included in the analyses or any derivative data.
    Comment: One commenter stated that an authorized user should be 
allowed to link the analyses that contain patient identifiers or any 
derivative data with other sources when this information is limited to 
their own patients.
    Response: We would like to highlight that the restriction on 
linking analyses only applies to de-identified analyses. To the extent 
providers and suppliers are receiving identifiable information on their 
own patients, the restriction on linking to any other identifiable 
source of information does not apply.
    Finally, we proposed to require qualified entities to use their 
non-public analyses agreements to bind their non-public analyses 
recipients to reporting any violation of the terms of that non-public 
analyses agreement to the qualified entity. We did not receive any 
comments on this proposal, so are finalizing it without modification.
4. Confidential Opportunity To Review, Appeal, and Correct Analyses
    In accordance, with section 105(a)(6) of MACRA, we proposed that 
the qualified entity must follow the confidential review, appeal, and 
error correction requirements established at 401.717(f) under section 
1874(e)(4)(C)(ii) of the Act.
    Comment: We received a wide-ranging set of comments on the proposed 
review and corrections process. Several commenters supported the 
proposed review and corrections process. Many commenters suggested 
changes to the review process for non-public analyses. In general these 
commenters cited the burden of the proposed process for qualified 
entities and recommended options to make the process less burdensome. 
However, other commenters focused on the need for providers and 
suppliers to have enough time to ensure the analyses are accurate.
    Several commenters suggested provider or supplier notification as 
the first step for review of non-public analyses. One commenter 
recommended creating an alternative approach to individualized appeals, 
such as an accreditation process. Another commenter suggested that when 
a non-public analysis is released to one or more authorized users, or 
when a non-public analysis is subsequently used for a public report, 
the qualified entity need only provide an opportunity for the provider 
or supplier to have reviewed and, if necessary, requested error 
correction once before the initial release of the analysis. Another 
commenter recommended that providers and suppliers only be given one 
chance to request error correction of the underlying data, after which 
the data could be used in any future non-public analyses.
    A few commenters suggested that a 60-day period to review the 
analyses may not be sufficient. On the other hand, several commenters 
suggested a 30-day review period for non-public analyses, while another 
commenter suggested giving providers and suppliers an ongoing right to 
review the analyses and request error correction.
    Response: We appreciate commenters' concerns about allowing 
providers and suppliers the necessary time to review analyses as well 
as the concerns about the burden on qualified entities of implementing 
the public reporting review and corrections process for non-public 
analyses. However, as noted in the proposed rule, we also believe using 
the same process for review and error correction for both the non-
public analyses and the public reports creates continuity and a balance 
between the needs and interests of providers and suppliers and those of 
the qualified entities, authorized users, and the public.
    That said, on further consideration, we believe that the addition 
of a procedural step whereby the qualified entity would confidentially 
notify a provider or supplier about the non-public analyses and give 
the provider or supplier the opportunity to opt-in to the review and 
error correction process established at Sec.  401.717(a) through (e) is 
both consistent with the statute and has the potential to reduce the 
burden on both qualified entities and providers and suppliers. In some 
cases, notification may be sufficient to meet the needs of a provider 
or supplier and, as a result, the provider or supplier will choose not 
to opt-in to the review and correction process, reducing the paperwork 
and resource burden for both the qualified entity and the provider/
supplier. In addition, where the analyses are similar to previous 
analyses or use data the provider or supplier has already corrected, 
the provider or supplier may also choose not to review the analyses.
    Under this procedural step, a qualified entity must confidentially 
notify a provider or supplier that non-public analyses that 
individually identify the provider or supplier are going to be released 
at least 65 calendar days before disclosing the analyses to the 
authorized user. The first five days of the 65 day period is intended 
to allow time to notify the provider or supplier, and to allow them 
time to respond to the qualified entity. The next sixty days are 
reflective of the sixty day review period in Sec.  401.717(a) through 
(e). The confidential notification about the non-public analyses should 
include a short summary of the analyses (which must include the 
measures being calculated, but does not have to include the 
methodologies and measure results), the process for the provider or 
supplier to request the analyses, the authorized users receiving the 
analyses, and the date on which the qualified entity will release the 
analyses to the authorized users. This notification can cover multiple 
non-public analyses that use different datasets and measures. The 65-
day period begins on the date the qualified entity sends or emails the 
notification to providers and suppliers. As we presume some qualified 
entities may utilize National Provider Identifier (NPI) data as a means 
of contacting providers and suppliers, we would like to use this 
opportunity to remind providers and suppliers of the need to keep their 
NPI information up-to-date.
    At any point during this 65-day period, the qualified entity must 
allow the provider or supplier to opt-in to the review and error 
correction process established at Sec.  401.717(a) through (e) and 
request copies of the analyses and, where applicable, access to the 
data used in the analyses, and to request the correction of any errors 
in the analyses. However, if the provider or supplier chooses to opt-in 
to the review and correction process more than 5 days into the 
notification period, the time for the review and correction process is 
shortened from regulatory 60 days in Sec.  401.717(a) through (e) to 
the number of days remaining between the provider or supplier opt-in 
date and the release

[[Page 44463]]

date specified in the confidential notification.
    We understand the desire to create an alternative approach to 
individualized appeals, such as an accreditation process, however, we 
believe the statutory language at Section 105(a)(6) of MACRA requires 
that qualified entities allow providers and suppliers an opportunity to 
review analyses that individually identify the provider or supplier 
and, if necessary, and, when needed, request error correction in the 
analyses. In addition, as stated above, regardless of the statutory 
requirements, we believe that providers and suppliers should not be 
evaluated by a qualified entity without having a chance to review and, 
when needed, request error correction in the analyses.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that qualified entities not be 
allowed to provide or sell analyses to an authorized use while an error 
correction request is outstanding.
    Response: We acknowledge the interest of providers and suppliers in 
ensuring that any analyses correctly represent their care delivery 
patterns and costs. However, we are concerned that providers and 
suppliers may make spurious requests for error correction in order to 
prevent the authorized user from receiving the analyses. As a result, 
we will maintain the provisions that allow qualified entities to 
release the non-public analyses after the 65-day period regardless of 
the status of error corrections. As with the public reporting, the 
qualified entity must inform the authorized user if a request for error 
correction is outstanding when the analyses are delivered to the 
authorized user, and, if applicable, provide corrected analyses if 
corrections are ultimately made.

B. Dissemination of Data and the Use of QE DUAs for Data Dissemination 
and Patient-Identifiable Non-Public Analyses

    Subject to other applicable law, section 105(a)(2) of MACRA expands 
the permissible uses and disclosures of data by a qualified entity to 
include providing or, where applicable, selling combined data for non-
public use to certain authorized users, including providers of 
services, suppliers, medical societies, and hospital associations for 
use in developing and participating in quality and patient care 
improvement activities. Section 105(a)(3)(B) of MACRA. Subject to the 
same limits, it also permits a qualified entity to provide Medicare 
claims data for non-public use to these authorized users; however, a 
qualified entity may not charge a fee for providing such Medicare 
claims data. In addition, in order to provide or sell combined data or 
Medicare data, section 105(a)(4) of MACRA instructs the qualified 
entity to enter into a DUA with their intended data recipient(s).
1. General Requirements for Data Dissemination
    To implement the provisions in Section 105(b) of MACRA, we proposed 
to provide that, subject to other applicable laws (including applicable 
information, privacy, security and disclosure laws) and certain defined 
program requirements, including that the data be used only for non-
public purposes, a qualified entity may provide or sell combined data 
or provide Medicare claims data at no cost to certain authorized users, 
including providers of services, suppliers, medical societies, and 
hospital associations. Where a qualified entity is a HIPAA-covered 
entity or is acting as a business associate, compliance with other 
applicable laws will include the need to ensure that it fulfills the 
requirements under the HIPAA Privacy Rule, including the restriction on 
the sale of PHI at 45 CFR 164.502(a)(5)(ii).
    Comment: Several commenters stated that CMS should provide 
additional clarity on the term no cost as it relates to the provision 
of Medicare data. For example, commenters stated that qualified 
entities may wish to charge a fee for entering into a data use 
agreement with an authorized user, but then not charge for the data. In 
addition, some of these commenters recommended that CMS allow qualified 
entities to recoup the costs associated with providing Medicare data at 
no cost. These commenters stated that there is a cost associated with 
providing claims data to authorized users, such as staff time to create 
the data extract and encrypt the file.
    Response: We understand that qualified entities will face costs 
providing Medicare data to authorized users. However, section 
105(a)(2)(C) of MACRA expressly states that, if a qualified entity were 
to elect to make Medicare claims data available, such data must be 
``provided'' at no cost. We believe that the paperwork and processing 
costs associated with accepting and fulfilling Medicare claims data 
requests are an integral part of the ``provision'' of data. As such, 
qualified entities may not charge authorized users for the Medicare 
data itself or any activity associated with requests for or the 
fulfillment of Medicare data requests (such as the processing of a data 
use agreement). However, we also note that the qualified entity is not 
required to offer authorized users the opportunity to request Medicare 
claims data. Qualified entities may choose to only offer authorized 
users the opportunity to receive or purchase combined data. Qualified 
entities may also choose not to allow authorized users to request data 
at all.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS require qualified 
entities to sell the combined data at a reasonable price which reflects 
their actual cost.
    Response: We appreciate the commenter's interest in ensuring 
qualified entities charge authorized users reasonable fees for combined 
data. However, we believe that qualified entities should be allowed to 
determine the appropriate fee to charge authorized users for access to 
the combined data. If qualified entities set their prices too high 
authorized users have the choice of not buying the data, or potentially 
obtaining the data from another qualified entity with more reasonable 
pricing.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS provide additional 
clarity on the threshold for the amount of other data that must be 
combined with the Medicare data in order for the qualified entity to 
sell the combined data.
    Response: As discussed above, we have not established a threshold 
for the amount of other data that must be combined with the Medicare 
data. It is our expectation that qualified entities will use sufficient 
claims data from other sources to ensure validity and reliability.
2. Limitations on the Qualified Entity Regarding Data Disclosure
    In accordance with section 105(a)(2), we proposed to place a number 
of limitations on the sale or provision of combined data and the 
provision of Medicare claims data by qualified entities, including 
generally barring the disclosure of patient-identifiable data obtained 
through the qualified entity program.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that CMS should provide 
additional clarity around whether the data must go through a review and 
corrections process before it is disclosed to an authorized user. One 
commenter recommended that providers and suppliers be allowed to 
review, appeal, and correct the data before it is disclosed.
    Response: Section 105(a)(6) of MACRA only requires a review and 
corrections process when a qualified entity is providing or selling an 
analysis to an authorized user. While we understand that some providers 
and

[[Page 44464]]

suppliers may wish to ensure that their data is correct before it is 
shared with an authorized user, we believe that this process would be 
very rigorous and burdensome for the qualified entity and would have 
little value for most providers and suppliers.
    We proposed to require any combined data or Medicare claims data 
that is provided to an authorized user by a qualified entity under 
subpart G be beneficiary de-identified in accordance with the de-
identification standards in the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR 
164.514(b). We also proposed an exception that would allow a qualified 
entity to provide or sell patient-identifiable combined data and/or 
provide patient-identifiable Medicare claims data at no cost to an 
individual or entity that is a provider or supplier if the provider or 
supplier has a patient relationship with every patient about whom 
individually identifiable information is provided and the disclosure is 
consistent with applicable law.
    Comment: Several commenters agreed with the proposal to only allow 
identifiable data to be disclosed to providers or suppliers with whom 
the identified individuals have a patient relationship. One commenter 
suggested that qualified entities be allowed to share limited data sets 
(as defined in HIPAA) with providers and suppliers for individuals who 
are not their patients. Another commenter recommended that qualified 
entities be allowed to disclose patient-identifiable data to health 
plans.
    Response: Section 105(a)(3) of MACRA requires that data disclosed 
to an authorized user not contain information that individually 
identifies a patient unless the data is being shared with that 
patient's provider or supplier. We further note that limited data sets 
include indirect identifiers, and, as such, are subject to that 
mandate. While we can imagine that health systems would be interested 
in conducting population-wide analyses that look at disease incidence 
or care delivery patterns, we believe these types of analyses can be 
conducted using de-identified data. In addition, authorized users that 
may not receive patient-identifiable data, such as issuers, could ask 
the qualified entity to conduct analyses on these topics, and purchase 
or receive the patient-deidentified analyses that result from such 
efforts.
    Second, we proposed to require qualified entities to bind the 
recipients of their data to a DUA that will govern the use and, where 
applicable, re-disclosure of any data received through this program 
prior to the provision or sale of such data to an authorized user.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that they agreed with the 
proposal to require qualified entities to bind authorized users who 
receive data to a DUA. One commenter recommended that when the required 
``QE DUA'' (the DUA between the Qualified Entity (QE) and the 
Authorized User) provisions already exist in another contract between 
the qualified entity and the authorized user, the qualified entity 
should not be required to re-paper those terms.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support of this proposal. 
In cases where all the terms of the QE DUA at Sec.  401.713(d) are 
contained in a contractually binding agreement between the qualified 
entity and the authorized user, we do not intend to require the 
qualified entity to re-paper that agreement as a QE DUA.
3. Data Use Agreement (DUA)
    A qualified entity must enter a DUA with CMS as a condition of 
receiving Medicare data. Furthermore, in accordance with Section 
105(a)(4) of MACRA, we proposed to require the execution of a DUA as a 
precondition to a qualified entity's provision or sale of data to an 
authorized user. As discussed above, we also proposed to require the 
qualified entity to enter into a DUA with any authorized user as a pre-
condition to providing or selling non-public analyses that include 
patient-identifiable data. To help differentiate the DUA between CMS 
and the qualified entity from the DUAs between the qualified entity and 
the authorized user, we proposed certain clarifying changes that 
recognize that there are now two distinct DUAs in the qualified entity 
program--the CMS DUA, which is the agreement between CMS and a 
qualified entity, and what we will refer to as the QE DUA, which will 
be the legally binding agreement between a qualified entity and an 
authorized user.
    Comment: Several commenters had overall comments on the QE DUA. One 
commenter recommended that CMS create a standard QE DUA. Another 
commenter stated that the data released to authorized users should not 
be subject to discovery or admitted into evidence without the provider 
or supplier's consent. A few commenters suggested that the QE DUA 
include a provision that prevents the disclosure of competitively 
sensitive data, such as Part D bid information. Finally, one commenter 
suggested that authorized users should have some direct responsibility 
for actions that run afoul of contractual requirements.
    Response: As noted above, qualified entities may have existing 
agreements with authorized users where all required QE DUA elements are 
covered, and we are not requiring re-papering in those instances. 
Furthermore, also as noted above, we believe that qualified entities 
without existing agreements would be better served by engaging with 
their own legal counsel to ensure the QE DUA meets their specific 
needs.
    As discussed above, we believe the statutory requirement that data 
not be subject to discovery or admitted into evidence without the 
provider or supplier's consent only applies to data released to the 
qualified entity under 1874(e) and when that data is in the possession 
of the qualified entity.
    Regarding concerns about disclosure of competitively sensitive 
information, qualified entities only receive Medicare Parts A and B 
claims data and certain Part D drug event data from CMS. In addition, 
we only provide qualified entities with aggregated Part D cost 
information, not the proprietary individual component costs. As a 
result, we do not believe there is a risk that qualified entities would 
be in a position to disclose competitively sensitive information to 
authorized users.
    Finally, as we stated in the proposed rule, we only have authority 
to impose requirements on the qualified entity. As a result, we must 
rely on the qualified entity to impose legally enforceable obligations 
on the authorized user.

Requirements in the QE DUA

    In Sec.  401.713(d), we proposed a number of contractually binding 
provisions that would be included in the QE DUA. First, we proposed to 
require that the QE DUA contain certain limitations on the authorized 
user's use of the combined data and/or Medicare claims data and/or non-
public analyses that contain patient-identifiable data and/or any 
derivative data (hereinafter referred to as data subject to the QE DUA) 
to those purposes described in the first or second paragraph of the 
definition of ``healthcare operations'' under 45 CFR 164.501, or that 
which qualifies as ``fraud and abuse detection or compliance 
activities'' under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4). We also proposed to require 
that all other uses and disclosures of data subject to the QE DUA be 
prohibited except to the extent a disclosure qualifies as a ``required 
by law'' disclosure. We did not receive any comments on our proposal to 
allow authorized users to use the data subject to the QE DUA for the 
purposes described in the first or second paragraph of the definition 
of ``healthcare operations'' under 45 CFR

[[Page 44465]]

164.501. Therefore, we are finalizing our proposal. In doing so, we 
identified inadvertent drafting errors in the proposed regulatory text 
at Sec.  401.713(d)(1)(i)(A) and (B) (mis-identifying which activities 
fell into which paragraphs of 45 CFR 164.501). We have therefore 
corrected those draft regulatory provisions to conform the new 42 CFR 
401.713(d)(1)(i)(A) and (B) with the content of the first and second 
paragraphs of the definition of health care operations under 45 CFR 
164.501.
    Comment: We received several comments on allowing authorized users 
to use the data subject to the QE DUA for purposes which qualify as 
``fraud and abuse detection or compliance activities'' under 45 CFR 
164.506(c)(4). Several commenters stated that the allowing use of the 
data subject to the QE DUA for fraud and abuse detection is unwarranted 
and without basis in the statutory text. However, another commenter 
explicitly supported use of the data subject to the QE DUA to bolster 
efforts to fight fraud. One commenter suggested the addition of 
``waste'' detection as an allowed use of the data subject to the QE 
DUA.
    Response: We believe that section 105(a)(3)(A)(ii) of MACRA is 
illustrative (providing for certain non-public uses ``including'' 
certain cross-referenced activities). It does not prevent use of the 
data for fraud and abuse detection and compliance activities. As a 
result, we are finalizing our proposal to allow authorized users to use 
the data subject to the QE DUA for fraud and abuse detection. While we 
can understand the interest in adding waste detection to the list of 
allowed uses of the data subject to the QE DUA, we believe it is best 
to stay consistent with the language established in HIPAA since many of 
other authorized users receiving data subject to the QE DUA are also 
HIPAA covered entities.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that authorized users also be 
allowed to use the data subject to the QE DUA for ``treatment'' as 
defined under 45 CFR 164.501.
    Response: We agree that use of the data subject to the QE DUA for 
treatment purposes is a valid possible use of the data and consistent 
with the statute. As a result, we have modified the language at Sec.  
401.713(d)(1)(i) to include treatment.
    We also proposed to require qualified entities to use the QE DUA to 
contractually prohibit the authorized users from using the data subject 
to the QE DUA for marketing purposes. We did not receive any comments 
on this proposal, and are finalizing it without modification.
    We proposed at Sec.  401.713(d)(3) to require qualified entities to 
contractually bind authorized users using the QE DUA to protect 
patient-identifiable data subject to the QE DUA, with at least the 
privacy and security protections that would be required of covered 
entities and their business associates under the HIPAA Privacy and 
Security Rules. We proposed to require that the QE DUA contain 
provisions that require that the authorized user maintain written 
privacy and security policies and procedures that ensure compliance 
with these HIPAA-based privacy and security standards and the other 
standards required under this subpart for the duration of the QE DUA. 
We also proposed to require QE DUA provisions detailing such policies 
and procedures survive termination of the QE DUA, whether for cause or 
not.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS clarify that the QE DUA 
by itself does not make the authorized user a covered entity or 
business associate under HIPAA if the authorized user does not 
otherwise meet those definitions.
    Response: We wish to clarify that this rule does not comment on 
whether an entity is a covered entity or business associate under 
HIPAA. We are simply requiring the authorized users to comply with the 
privacy and security protections required of covered entities and their 
business associates under the HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules (that 
is, the authorized users must comply with those provisions as if they 
were acting in the capacity of a covered entity or business associate 
dealing with protected health information). We feel that such standards 
represent an industry-wide standard for the protection of patient-
identifiable data, and note that this requirement would be in keeping 
with section 105(a)(4) of MACRA.
    We also proposed at Sec.  401.713(d)(7) to require that the 
qualified entity use the QE DUA to contractually bind an authorized 
user as a condition of receiving data subject to the QE DUA under the 
qualified entity program to notify the qualified entity of any 
violations of the QE DUA. We did not receive any comments on this 
proposal, so are finalizing it without modification.
    In addition, we proposed at Sec.  401.713(d)(4) to require that the 
qualified entity include a provision in its QE DUAs that prohibits the 
authorized user from re-disclosing or making public data subject to the 
QE DUA except as provided in paragraph (d)(5). We proposed at Sec.  
401.713(d)(5) to require that the qualified entity use the QE DUA to 
limit provider's and supplier's re-disclosures to a covered entity 
pursuant to 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(i) or 164.502(e)(1). Therefore, a 
provider or supplier would generally only be permitted to re-disclose 
data subject to the QE DUA to a covered entity or its business 
associate for activities focused on that covered entity's quality 
assessment and improvement, including the review of provider or 
supplier performance. We also proposed to require re-disclosure when 
required by law.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that they supported CMS' 
proposals related to re-disclosure of data. One commenter suggested 
that providers and suppliers be allowed to re-disclose data for direct 
patient care and issues of patient safety. Another commenter 
recommended that any authorized user be allowed to re-disclose de-
identified data for the purposes of publishing de-identified 
statistical results.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support of the re-
disclosure proposals. While we can understand interest in explicitly 
referencing issues of patient safety, we do not believe it is necessary 
given that the first paragraph of the definition of healthcare 
operations includes patient safety activities and, thus issues of 
patient safety are permitted reasons for re-disclosure of the data. 
However, we recognize that as proposed, providers and suppliers would 
not be allowed to re-disclose the data subject to the QE DUA for 
treatment purposes. As a result, we are modifying the language at Sec.  
401.713(d)(5)(i) to allow providers and suppliers to re-disclose data 
subject to the QE DUA as a covered entity would be permitted to 
disclose PHI under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(2), which allows a covered entity 
to disclose data for the treatment activities of a healthcare provider.
    Regarding the recommendation to allow for re-disclosure of de-
identified data in order to publish statistical results, we do not 
believe that this purpose is consistent with section 105(a)(5)(A) of 
the MACRA statute, which explicitly states that an authorized user who 
is provided or sold data shall not make public such data or any 
analysis using such data.
    We also proposed to require qualified entities to impose a 
contractual bar using the QE DUA on the downstream recipients' linking 
of the re-disclosed data subject to the QE DUA to any other 
identifiable source of information. The only exception to this general 
policy would be if a provider or supplier were to receive identifiable 
information limited to its own patients.

[[Page 44466]]

    Comment: Several commenters stated that they supported the 
proposals related to linking the data. One commenter suggested that 
business associates of providers or suppliers be allowed to link the 
data subject to the QE DUA. Another commenter recommended that 
authorized users be allowed to link the patient de-identified data so 
long as the intent or result is not to re-identify patients and the 
resulting data set meets the HIPAA standard for de-identification.
    Response: We would like to clarify that the prohibition on linking 
only applies to patient de-identified data subject to the QE DUA. To 
the extent that a provider or supplier receives patient-identifiable 
data subject to the QE DUA and discloses that data to a business 
associate as allowed under Sec.  401.713(d)(5)(i), that provider or 
supplier may request that the business associate link the data subject 
to the QE DUA to another data source.
    While we understand that some authorized users may wish to link the 
de-identified data subject to the QE DUA, we believe that this creates 
too much risk of inadvertent re-identification. However, instead of 
linking the data themselves, authorized users could choose to share 
their additional data, in accordance with applicable law, with the 
qualified entity who could link this new data source to the existing 
data and then create de-identified analyses to share with the 
authorized user.

C. Authorized Users

1. Definition of Authorized User
    Section 105(a)(9)(A) of MACRA defines authorized users as: A 
provider of services, a supplier, an employer (as defined in section 
3(5) of the Employee Retirement Insurance Security Act of 1974), a 
health insurance issuer (as defined in section 2791 of the Public 
Health Service act), a medical society or hospital association, and any 
other entity that is approved by the Secretary. We proposed a 
definition for authorized user at Sec.  401.703(k) that is consistent 
with Section 105(a)(9)(A) of MACRA and includes two additional types of 
entities beyond those established in the statute--healthcare 
professional associations and state agencies. Specifically, we proposed 
to define an authorized user as: (1) A provider; (2) a supplier; (3) an 
employer; (4) a health insurance issuer; (5) a medical society; (6) a 
hospital association; (7) a healthcare professional association; or (8) 
a state agency.
    Comment: Commenters had a wide ranging list of suggested additions 
to the definition of an authorized users, including: Other types of 
associations and partnership groups whose missions support the 
permitted data uses, entities with expertise in quality measure 
development, organizations engaged in research, federal agencies, 
regional health improvement collaboratives, and the Indian Health 
Service (and Indian Health programs). Several commenters also suggested 
that CMS create a process for qualified entities to seek approval for 
additional authorized users that may not fit into the regulatory 
definitions.
    Response: We recognize that many organizations are interested in 
accessing analyses provided by the qualified entity. However, CMS 
believes we must maintain a carefully curated list of authorized users 
to prevent the monitoring of the qualified entity program from becoming 
too cumbersome. As a result, we are only adding federal agencies, 
including, but not limited to the Indian Health Service (and Indian 
Health programs), to the definition of authorized users. Similar to 
state agencies, we believe that federal agencies, particularly those 
that provide healthcare services such as the Indian Health Service and 
the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs are important partners with CMS 
in transforming the healthcare delivery system and could substantially 
benefit from access to analyses to help improve quality and reduce 
costs, especially for individuals who utilize their services. On the 
other hand, we believe many of the other suggested authorized users do 
not represent well defined groups, which could lead to significant 
confusion as to which entities fall within the group and which do not. 
In addition, as we noted above, the statute is explicit in its 
prohibition of releasing the analyses or data to the public, so the 
addition of any authorized user with a research aim is not consistent 
with the parameters of the program.
    We believe a separate approval process would be very costly for CMS 
and create additional burdens for qualified entities. We also believe 
that a standard list of authorized users is the simplest and least 
administratively burdensome method to ensure equal treatment of 
qualified entities. Because many of the suggested authorized users do 
not represent well defined groups, we would envision an approval 
process for each entity requesting analyses, which would potentially be 
more burdensome for smaller regional qualified entities that do not 
have the time or resources to devote to the approval process. 
Furthermore, we have an existing process through which entities can 
obtain Medicare data for research purposes. More information on 
accessing CMS data for research can be found on the ResDAC Web site at 
www.resdac.org.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that other organizations 
beyond providers, suppliers, hospital associations, and medical 
societies be allowed to access data. A few commenters suggested any 
entity should be allowed to access de-identified data. Another 
commenter recommended the creation of a new authorized user called a 
healthcare provider or supplier collaborator and defined as an 
organization or entity that does not directly treat patients, but works 
closely with the provider or supplier in connection with treatment of 
patients.
    Response: Section 105 (a)(2)(A)(i) only allows for the disclosure 
of data to a provider of services, a supplier, and a medical society or 
hospital association.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that authorized users that 
are allowed to act on behalf of their subparts (for example, 
Accountable Care Organizations) or business associates as defined in 
HIPAA should be allowed to receive data and/or analyses directly.
    Response: We do not intend to prevent organizations acting under a 
contract with an authorized user from receiving data or the analyses on 
behalf of the authorized user. Therefore, we have modified the 
definition of authorized user to include contractors, including, where 
applicable, business associates as that term is defined at 45 CFR 
160.103. An authorized user is now defined as a third party and its 
contractors (including, where applicable, business associates as that 
term is defined at 45 CFR 160.103) that need analyses or data covered 
by this section to carry out work on behalf of that third party 
(meaning not the qualified entity or the qualified entity's 
contractors) to whom/which the qualified entity provides or sells data 
as permitted under this subpart. Authorized user third parties are 
limited to the following entities: A provider, a supplier, a medical 
society, a hospital association, an employer, a health insurance 
issuer, a healthcare provider and/or supplier association, a state 
entity, a federal agency.
    We would like to note that with this change to the definition of 
authorized user a qualified entity is now also liable for the actions 
of the third party's contractors who enter into a QE DUA with the 
qualified entity.
    Comment: One commenter suggested a modification to the definition 
of provider to include dieticians, social workers, case management 
nurses, and other allied health professionals.

[[Page 44467]]

    Response: The current definition of a supplier is a physician or 
other practitioner that furnishes healthcare services under Medicare. 
To the extent that dieticians, social workers, case management nurses, 
and other allied health professionals are furnishing healthcare 
services under Medicare, they would already be considered suppliers. If 
they are not furnishing services under Medicare, we do not believe the 
analyses or data based on Medicare claims data will hold much value for 
improving care delivery or reducing costs, and so we decline expanding 
the definition to include them.
2. Definition of Employer
    We proposed to define an employer as having the same meaning as the 
term ``employer'' defined in Section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement 
Insurance Security Act of 1974.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that the definition of employer 
should not include any third-party consultant or wellness program 
vendors.
    Response: As noted above, we believe authorized users should be 
allowed to share analyses and data with contractors who need such 
information to conduct work on their behalf. Therefore, we modified the 
definition of authorized user to include contractors. To the extent a 
wellness vendor is an employer's contractor, the vendor will be 
required to sign a non-public analyses agreement and will be bound to 
only use and disclose the analyses in a manner consistent with the 
provisions of that agreement. We would also like to point out that as 
specified in Sec.  401.716(c)(2), employers, and their contractors, may 
only use the analyses for the purposes of providing health insurance to 
employees, retirees, or dependents of employees.
3. Definition of Health Insurance Issuer
    We proposed to define a health insurance issuer as having the same 
meaning as the term ``health insurance issuer'' defined in Section 
2791(b)(2) of the Public Health Service Act.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that the definition of health 
insurance issuer should not include any third-party consultant or 
wellness program vendors.
    Response: As with employers, we believe issuers should be allowed 
to share analyses and data with contractors who need such information 
to conduct work on their behalf. Therefore, as stated above, we have 
modified the definition of authorized user. To the extent a wellness 
vendor is an issuer's contractor, the vendor will be required to sign a 
non-public analyses agreement and will be bound to only use and 
disclose the analyses in a manner consistent with the provisions of 
that agreement.
4. Definition of ``Medical Society''
    We proposed to define a medical society as a non-profit 
organization or association that provides unified representation for a 
large number of physicians at the national or state level and whose 
membership is comprised mainly of physicians.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS provide an example of a 
medical society.
    Response: We would consider the American Medical Association or the 
American Academy of Family Physicians to be national-level medical 
societies. At the state-level, the Medical Association of the State of 
Alabama is an example of a medical society under this definition.
5. Definition of ``Hospital Association''
    We proposed to define a hospital association as a non-profit 
organization or association that provides unified representation for a 
large number of hospitals or health systems at the national or state 
level and whose membership is comprised of a majority of hospitals and 
health systems.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS provide an example of a 
hospital association.
    Response: We would consider the American Hospital Association or 
the Federation of American Hospitals to be national hospital 
associations. At the state-level, the Hospital and Healthsystem 
Association of Pennsylvania is an example of a hospital association 
under this definition.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that the definition of 
hospital association be expanded to include associations at the local 
level and quality organizations that are affiliated with, but have 
separate 501(c)(3) numbers from their state hospital association.
    Response: CMS recognizes that local hospital associations may work 
more closely on issues such as quality improvement with hospitals and 
health systems in their area than state or national associations. As a 
result, we have modified the definition of hospital association to 
include local-level organizations. However, we do not believe that the 
MACRA statute at 105(a)(9)(v) intends for quality organizations 
affiliated with a hospital association to be considered a hospital 
association since the language only refers to hospital association and 
does not reference quality organizations. To the extent that these 
quality organizations are doing work on behalf of the state hospital 
association under contract, and that work requires access to such data 
or analyses, these quality organizations would be considered authorized 
users and would be required to enter into a QE DUA and/or non-public 
analyses agreement with the qualified entity.
6. Definition of ``Healthcare Provider and/or Supplier Association''
    We proposed to define a healthcare provider and/or supplier 
association as a non-profit organization or association that represents 
providers and suppliers at the national or state level and whose 
membership is comprised of a majority of providers and/or suppliers. We 
did not receive any comments on this definition, so are finalizing it 
without modification.
7. Definition of ``State Agency''
    We proposed to define a state agency as any office, department, 
division, bureau, board, commission, agency, institution, or committee 
within the executive branch of a state government.
    Comment: One commenter stated that state agencies should be limited 
to those entities that promote care quality and patient care 
improvement activities. Another commenter recommended that the term 
state agency be changed to state entity to help avoid conflict with 
state-specific references to the word ``agency.'' One commenter 
suggested CMS provide clarity on whether the definition of state agency 
includes political subdivisions of the state.
    Response: We do not believe that state agencies should be limited 
to those entities focused on care quality and patient care improvement. 
There are a wide-array of uses of the non-public analyses by states who 
are CMS' partners in transforming the healthcare delivery system. We do 
appreciate the comment related to the use of the term agency at the 
state-level, and have modified this term in the regulations to be 
``state entity.'' In addition, to provide clarity, we note that we did 
not intend for the definition of state agency to include political 
subdivisions of a state, such as a county, city, town, or village, and 
as a result have not added these to the definition.

D. Annual Report Requirements

1. Reporting Requirements for Analyses
    Section 105(a)(8) of MACRA expands the information that a qualified 
entity must report annually to the Secretary if

[[Page 44468]]

a qualified entity provides or sells non-public analyses. Therefore, 
consistent with these requirements, we proposed to require that the 
qualified entity provide a summary of the non-public analyses provided 
or sold under this subpart, including specific information about the 
number of analyses, the number of purchasers of such analyses, the 
types of authorized users that purchased analyses, the total amount of 
fees received for such analyses. We also proposed to require the 
qualified entity to provide a description of the topics and purposes of 
such analyses. In addition, we proposed to require a qualified entity 
to provide information on QE DUA and non-public analyses agreement 
violations.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested additions to the reporting 
requirements for analyses. One commenter suggested that qualified 
entities include the specific entities to whom analyses were provided 
or sold as well as more detailed pricing information. Another commenter 
recommended the addition of the frequency and nature of requests for 
error correction, and how often analyses are disclosed with unresolved 
requests for error correction.
    Response: We believe that Section 105(a)(8)(A) of MACRA intends for 
qualified entities to provide a summary of the analyses and that the 
specific details of the entities who received analyses or the pricing 
information for analyses are not consistent with that intent. We do 
believe there is value in monitoring requests for error correction to 
ensure that qualified entities are not releasing analyses that 
consistently have requests for error correction, which could indicate a 
qualified entities' poor use of the Medicare data; however, we believe 
the requirement to provide this information, with the exception of how 
often analyses are disclosed with unresolved requests for error 
correction, already exists as part of the annual reporting requirements 
under Sec.  401.719(b)(2). We believe including how often analyses are 
disclosed with unresolved error requests in the annual reports is 
important because it allows CMS to track possible poor use of the 
Medicare data by qualified entities. Therefore, we have added the 
requirement to report the number of analyses disclosed with unresolved 
requests for error correction at Sec.  401.719(b)(3)(iii).
    Comment: One commenter suggested that the annual reports be made 
public.
    Response: We recognize that in some cases the annual reports may 
contain sensitive commercial information and, as a result, we do not 
believe the reports should be made public. We would like to clarify, 
however, that anytime CMS receives a request for information under the 
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), the agency always evaluates whether 
the information is subject to one of the FOIA exemptions, including 
Exemption 4, which protects commercial or financial information that is 
privileged and confidential. We welcome identification of any materials 
within such reports that the qualified entity believes are subject to a 
FOIA exemption, and the rationale therefore.
2. Reporting Requirements for Data
    Section 105(a)(8) of MACRA also requires a qualified entity to 
submit a report annually if it provides or sells data. Therefore, 
consistent with the statutory requirements, we also proposed to require 
qualified entities that provide or sell data under this subpart to 
provide the following information as part of its annual report: 
Information on the entities who received data, the uses of the data, 
the total amount of fees received for providing, selling, or sharing 
the data, and any QE DUA violations.
    Comment: Several of the comments on reporting requirements for data 
were the same as those for analyses addressed above. One commenter 
suggested the addition of information on authorized user data breaches 
to the annual report. Another commenter stated that the annual 
reporting requirements for data may contain sensitive commercial 
information that may be subject to confidentiality provisions between 
the qualified entity and applicable authorized users.
    Response: We believe that data breaches should be reported to CMS 
in a much timelier manner than the annual report. As discussed above, 
the QE DUA requires authorized users to notify the qualified entity of 
any violations of the QE DUA and to comply with the breach provisions 
governing qualified entities. As a result, we do not believe this 
element is needed in the annual report.
    We recognize that some of the information we proposed to require of 
qualified entities in their annual reports will be sensitive commercial 
information. As noted above, anytime CMS receives a request for 
information under the FOIA, the agency always evaluates whether the 
information is subject to one of the FOIA exemptions, including 
Exemption 4, which protects commercial or financial information that is 
privileged and confidential. Contractual confidentiality provisions 
between authorized users and qualified entities will not negate CMS' 
obligations under FOIA, but we welcome identification of any materials 
within such reports that the qualified entity believes are subject to a 
FOIA exemption, and the rationale therefore.

E. Assessment for a Breach

1. Violation of a DUA
    Section 105(a)(7) of MACRA requires the Secretary to impose an 
assessment on a qualified entity in the case of a ``breach'' of a CMS 
DUA between the Secretary and a qualified entity or a breach of a QE 
DUA between a qualified entity and an authorized user. Because the term 
``breach'' is defined in HIPAA, and this definition is not consistent 
with the use of the term for this program, we proposed instead to adopt 
the term ``violation'' when referring to a ``breach'' of a DUA for 
purposes of this program. We also proposed to define a ``violation'' to 
mean a failure to comply with a requirement in a CMS DUA or QE DUA. We 
also proposed to impose an assessment on any qualified entity that 
violates a CMS DUA or fails to ensure that their authorized users and 
their contractors/business associates do not violate a QE DUA.
    Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS further define and 
provide examples of what would constitute a DUA violation. Another 
commenter suggested CMS expand the definition of a violation so that 
both the qualified entity and the authorized user may be held 
responsible for a breach.
    Response: While we recognize that not all terms of the DUAs are 
equal regarding the risk to the privacy and security of the Medicare 
data, we believe the aggravating and mitigating circumstances discussed 
in more detail below provide us the flexibility to ensure the 
assessment amount is consistent with the nature of the violation. One 
example of a violation would be knowingly releasing patient names and 
other protected health information for marketing purposes. Another 
example of a violation would be sharing individually identifiable 
information for an individual who does not meet the definition of a 
patient with a supplier.
    While we recognize that it may be the authorized user who is 
responsible for the violation, we believe Section 105(a)(7) of MACRA 
does not give us the authority to impose an assessment on the 
authorized user. However, we do believe that the qualified entity could 
include terms in their agreement with the authorized user to require 
the authorized user to pay the assessment if the authorized user is 
responsible for the violation.

[[Page 44469]]

    MACRA provides guidance only on the assessment amount and what 
triggers an assessment, but it does not dictate the procedures for 
imposing such assessments. We therefore proposed to model qualified 
entity program procedures on certain relevant provisions of Section 
1128A of the Act (Civil Money Penalties) and part 402 (Civil Money 
Penalties, Assessments, and Exclusions) including the process and 
procedures for calculating the assessment, notifying a qualified entity 
of a violation, collecting the assessment, and providing qualified 
entities an appeals process.
2. Amount of Assessment
    Section 105(a)(7)(B) of MACRA specifies that when a violation 
occurs, the assessment is to be calculated based on the number of 
affected individuals who are entitled to, or enrolled in, benefits 
under part A of title XVIII of the Act, or enrolled in part B of such 
title. Assessments can be up to $100 per affected individual, but, 
given the broad discretion in establishing some lesser amount, we 
looked to part 402 as a model for proposing aggravating and mitigating 
circumstances that would be considered when calculating the assessment 
amount per impacted individual. However, violations under section 
105(a)(7)(B) of MACRA are considered point-in-time violations, not 
continuing violations.
Number of Individuals
    We proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(i) that CMS will calculate the 
amount of the assessment of up to $100 per individual entitled to, or 
enrolled in part A of title XVIII of the Act and/or enrolled in part B 
of such title whose data was implicated in the violation.
    We generally proposed to determine the number of potentially 
affected individuals by looking at the number of beneficiaries whose 
Medicare claims information was provided either by CMS to the qualified 
entity or by the qualified entity to the authorized user in the form of 
individually identifiable or de-identified data sets that were 
potentially affected by the violation.
    We proposed that a single beneficiary, regardless of the number of 
times their information appears in a singular non-public report or 
dataset, would only count towards the calculation of an assessment for 
a violation once. For qualified entities that provide or sell subsets 
of the dataset that CMS provided to them, combined information, or non-
public analyses, we proposed to require that the qualified entity 
provide the Secretary with an accurate number of beneficiaries whose 
data was sold or provided to the authorized user and, thereby, 
potentially affected by the violation. In those instances in which the 
qualified entity is unable to establish a reliable number of 
potentially affected beneficiaries, we proposed to impose the 
assessment based on the total number of beneficiaries that were 
included in the data set(s) that was/were transferred to the qualified 
entity under the CMS DUA.

Assessment Amount per Impacted Individual

    As noted above, MACRA allows an assessment in the amount of up to 
$100 per potentially affected individual. We therefore proposed to draw 
on 42 CFR part 402 to specify the factors and circumstances that will 
be considered in determining the assessment amount per potentially 
affected individual.
    We proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(i)(A) that the following basic 
factors be considered in establishing the assessment amount per 
potentially affected individual: (1) The nature and extent of the 
violation; (2) the nature and extent of the harm or potential harm 
resulting from the violation; and (3) the degree of culpability and 
history of prior violations.
    In addition, in considering these basic factors and determining the 
amount of the assessment per potentially affected individual, we 
proposed to take into account certain aggravating and mitigating 
circumstances.
    We proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(i)(B)(1) that CMS consider 
certain aggravating circumstances in determining the amount per 
potentially affected individual, including the following: Whether there 
were several types of violations, occurring over a lengthy period of 
time; whether there were many violations or the nature and 
circumstances indicate a pattern of violations; and whether the nature 
of the violation had the potential or actually resulted in harm to 
beneficiaries.
    In addition, we proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(i)(B)(2) that CMS 
take into account certain mitigating circumstances in determining the 
amount per potentially affected individual, including the following: 
Whether the violations subject to the imposition of an assessment were 
few in number, of the same type, and occurring within a short period of 
time, and/or whether the violation was the result of an unintentional 
and unrecognized error and the qualified entity took corrective steps 
immediately after discovering the error.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS allow the qualified 
entity to take corrective action in the case of a minor violation. 
Another commenter recommended that CMS impose a limit on the assessment 
amount because not specifying a maximum assessment amount could create 
a barrier to entry for entities interested in the program. One 
commenter stated they supported the statutorily set assessment of $100 
per affected individual because it creates a strong incentives for 
excellent data security.
    Response: We recognize the need for a corrective action process and 
have already established one at Sec.  401.719(d)(1) through (3) that 
applies regardless of the amount of the assessment. We appreciate 
commenters concerns about creating a barrier for entry, but agree that 
allowing for an assessment of up to $100 per affected individual 
creates strong incentives for the qualified entity to ensure the 
privacy and security of the Medicare data. We believe the basic, 
aggravating, and mitigating circumstances provide CMS with the 
flexibility to set the assessment value appropriately given the nature 
of the violation and the qualified entity's history with violations.
3. Notice of Determination
    We looked to the relevant provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and Section 
1128A of the Act to frame proposals regarding the specific elements 
that would be included in the notice of determination. To that end, we 
proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(ii) that the Secretary would provide 
notice of a determination to a qualified entity by certified mail with 
return receipt requested. The notice of determination would include 
information on (1) the assessment amount, (2) the statutory and 
regulatory bases for the assessment, (3) a description of the 
violations upon which the assessment was proposed, (4) information 
concerning response to the notice, and (5) the means by which the 
qualified entity must pay the assessment if they do not intend to 
request a hearing in accordance with procedures established at Section 
1128A of the Act and implemented in 42 CFR part 1005. We did not 
receive any comments on this proposal so are finalizing it without 
modification.
4. Failure To Request a Hearing
    We also looked to the relevant provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and 
section 1128A of the Act to inform our proposals regarding what happens 
when a hearing is not requested.

[[Page 44470]]

    We proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(iii) that an assessment will 
become final if a qualified entity does not request a hearing within 60 
days of receipt of the notice of the proposed determination. At this 
point, CMS would impose the proposed assessment. CMS would notify the 
qualified entity, by certified mail with return receipt, of the 
assessment and the means by which the qualified entity may pay the 
assessment. Under these proposals, a qualified entity would not have 
the right to appeal an assessment unless it has requested a hearing 
within 60 days of receipt of the notice of the proposed determination. 
We did not receive any comments on these proposals so are finalizing 
them without modification.
5. When an Assessment Is Collectible
    We again looked to the relevant provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and 
section 1128A of the Act to inform our proposed policies regarding when 
an assessment becomes collectible.
    We proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(iv) that an assessment becomes 
collectible after the earliest of the following situations: (1) On the 
61st day after the qualified entity receives CMS's notice of proposed 
determination under Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(ii), if the entity does not 
request a hearing; (2) immediately after the qualified entity abandons 
or waives its appeal right at any administrative level; (3) 30 days 
after the qualified entity receives the Administrative Law Judge's 
(ALJ) decision imposing an assessment under Sec.  1005.20(d), if the 
qualified entity has not requested a review before the Department 
Appeal Board (DAB); or (4) 60 days after the qualified entity receives 
the DAB's decision imposing an assessment if the qualified entity has 
not requested a stay of the decision under Sec.  1005.22(b). We did not 
receive any comments on this proposal so are finalizing it without 
modification.
6. Collection of an Assessment
    We also looked to the relevant provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and 
section 1128A of the Act in framing our proposals regarding the 
collection of an Assessment.
    We proposed at Sec.  401.719(d)(5)(v) that CMS be responsible for 
collecting any assessment once a determination is made final by HHS. In 
addition, we proposed that the General Counsel may compromise an 
assessment imposed under this part, after consulting with CMS or Office 
of Inspector General (OIG), and the Federal government may recover the 
assessment in a civil action brought in the United States district 
court for the district where the claim was presented or where the 
qualified entity resides. We also proposed that the United States may 
deduct the amount of an assessment when finally determined, or the 
amount agreed upon in compromise, from any sum then or later owing the 
qualified entity. Finally, we proposed that matters that were raised or 
that could have been raised in a hearing before an ALJ or in an appeal 
under section 1128A(e) of the Act may not be raised as a defense in a 
civil action by the United States to collect an assessment. We did not 
receive any comments on these proposals so are finalizing them without 
modification.

F. Termination of Qualified Entity Agreement

    We proposed at Sec.  401.721(a)(7) that CMS may unilaterally 
terminate the qualified entity's agreement and trigger the data 
destruction requirements in the CMS DUA if CMS determines through our 
monitoring program at Sec.  401.717(a) and (b) that a qualified entity 
or its contractor fails to monitor authorized users' compliance with 
the terms of their QE DUAs or non-public analysis use agreements. We 
stated in the proposed rule that we believe this proposed provision is 
consistent with the intent of MACRA to ensure the protection of data 
and analyses provided by qualified entities to authorized users under 
this subpart.
    Comment: One commenter stated that CMS should have a violation 
corrections period prior to terminating a qualified entity. Another 
commenter recommended that CMS carefully monitor all aspects of the 
qualified entity program and related authorized user activities to 
minimize the risk of unintended consequences.
    Response: We currently have a process in place to require qualified 
entities to develop a corrective action plan or to put qualified 
entities on a special monitoring plan if we determine that the 
qualified entity violated any terms of the program. In addition, we 
already have a number of mechanisms in place to monitor qualified 
entities participating in the program including audits, site visits, 
and required reporting. We believe the additional annual reporting 
elements described above will ensure that we can continue to monitor 
qualified entities appropriately given the changes to the program. As a 
result, we are finalizing our proposed language on termination of a 
qualified entity's agreement at Sec.  401.721(a)(7).

G. Additional Data

    Section 105(c) of MACRA expands, at the discretion of the 
Secretary, the data that the Secretary may make available to qualified 
entities, including standardized extracts of claims data under titles 
XIX (Medicaid) and XXI (the Children's Health Insurance Program, CHIP) 
for one or more specified geographic areas and time periods as may be 
requested by the qualified entity. However, due to issues involving 
Medicaid data submitted to CMS, including lack of data timeliness and 
overall data quality, we proposed not to expand the data available to 
qualified entities from CMS and instead suggested that qualified 
entities would be better off seeking Medicaid and/or CHIP data through 
the State Medicaid Agencies.
    Comment: Many commenters recommended that CMS expand the data 
available to qualified entities to include Medicaid and CHIP data. 
These commenters noted the additional burden of having to request the 
data from each state individually. On the other hand, one commenter 
stated that they agreed with CMS' proposal not to expand access to 
Medicaid and/or CHIP data.
    Response: As some commenters noted, we have been working with 
states to transform our Medicaid Statistical Information System (MSIS) 
to address concerns regarding data timeliness and quality. This is 
essential for the Medicaid program to keep pace with the data needed to 
improve quality of care, track enrollment and utilization of services, 
improve program integrity, and support states and other stakeholders 
need for information about Medicaid and CHIP. This new data set is 
known as Transformed MSIS (T-MSIS). The T-MSIS data set contains 
enhanced information about beneficiary eligibility, beneficiary and 
provider enrollment, service utilization, claims and managed care data, 
and expenditure data for Medicaid and CHIP. We are currently working 
with states to help them transition from MSIS to T-MSIS.
    We recognize commenters' interest in accessing Medicaid and CHIP 
data from CMS rather than going to each state individually. We believe 
that T-MSIS can create a framework for CMS collection of Medicaid and 
CHIP data that addresses many of the concerns about the timeliness and 
quality of the MSIS data that we raised in the proposed rule. As a 
result, we anticipate future rulemaking to make Medicaid and CHIP data 
available to qualified entities when the T-MSIS data becomes available 
and is determined to be of sufficient quality for use in public 
provider performance reporting.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS also allow qualified 
entities to

[[Page 44471]]

request access to Medicare Advantage data.
    Response: We believe section 1874(e)(3) of the Act only allows for 
the disclosure of Medicare claims data under Parts A, B, and D, as well 
as Medicaid and/or CHIP claims data.

H. Qualified Clinical Data Registries

    Section 105(b) of MACRA allows qualified clinical data registries 
to request access to Medicare data for the purposes of linking the data 
with clinical outcomes data and performing risk-adjusted, 
scientifically valid analyses, and research to support quality 
improvement or patient safety. The CMS research data disclosure 
policies already allow qualified clinical data registries to request 
Medicare data for research purposes. More information on accessing CMS 
data for research can be found on the ResDAC Web site at 
www.resdac.org. Given the existing research request processes and 
procedures, we proposed not to adopt any new policies or procedures 
regarding qualified clinical data registries' access to Medicare claims 
data for quality improvement or patient safety analyses.
    Comment: Several commenters recommended that CMS offer qualified 
clinical data registries an alternative path to the research request 
process to allow them to access CMS data for quality improvement and 
patient safety activities. Commenters stated that qualified clinical 
data registries need data to conduct quality improvement activities 
that will improve patient care and that, in many cases, this work is 
not consistent with the research request process requirement that the 
work to contribute to generalizable knowledge.
    Response: We recognize that the research request pathway may not be 
consistent with types of analyses qualified clinical data registries 
envision conducting using the CMS data. As a result, we are modifying 
the regulations to allow qualified clinical data registries to serve as 
quasi-qualified entities, provided the qualified clinical data registry 
agrees to meet all the requirements in this subpart with the exception 
of the requirement at Sec.  401.707(d) that the organization submit 
information about the claims data it possesses from other sources. In 
addition, for the purposes of qualified clinical data registries acting 
as quasi qualified entities under the qualified entity program 
requirements, we define combined data as, at a minimum, a set of CMS 
claims data provided under subpart G combined with clinical data or a 
subset of clinical data. Since the language at section 105(b) of MACRA 
does not reference section 1874(e)(4)(d) of the Act, which provides 
parameters for the definition of combined data for the purposes of the 
qualified entity program, we do not believe these requirements for 
combined data apply to qualified clinical data registries serving as 
quasi qualified entities.
    We believe that the requirements of the qualified entity program, 
which was created to allow for provider performance reporting, also 
create an appropriate framework for qualified clinical data registries 
to conduct analyses to support quality improvement and patient safety. 
In addition, we believe that the new parameters of the qualified entity 
program, discussed in detail above, would allow qualified clinical data 
registries to work directly with providers and suppliers on issues 
related to quality improvement and patient safety. Qualified clinical 
data registries could also elect to become qualified entities and work 
with providers and suppliers in accordance with applicable laws to 
develop new quality measures in the context of nonpublic analyses that 
could then be used across the healthcare system to measure provider and 
supplier performance.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that CMS make the Social 
Security Death Master File available to qualified clinical data 
registries to allow for enhanced accuracy of patient outcomes 
information.
    Response: We recognize that death information is a key aspect of 
analyses of patient outcomes, but CMS does not have the authority to 
disclose the Social Security Death Master File to qualified clinical 
data registries. However, CMS has date of death information for 
Medicare patients and we include this date of death information on the 
data files that are shared with qualified entities and those that would 
be shared with qualified clinical data registries.

I. Other Comments

    We received several additional suggestions for improvements to the 
program regarding topics that were not specifically discussed in the 
preamble to the proposed rule.
    Comment: Several commenters raised issues related to qualified 
entity application process. One commenter suggested CMS make the 
application process and costs for becoming a qualified entity more 
transparent. A few commenters suggested that CMS offer qualified 
entities better technical assistance on the security certification step 
of the approval process. One commenter recommended that CMS streamline 
the application process for applicants that already have certifications 
or accreditations that demonstrate a high level of security.
    Response: We thank commenters for their feedback on the qualified 
entity application process. We believe the issues raised by commenters 
on this topic are outside the scope of this final rule. However, we are 
always looking for ways to improve the program and will take these 
comments into consideration.
    Comment: Some commenters addressed general program requirements of 
the qualified entity program. One commenter suggested that qualified 
entities that focus on certain clinical conditions should not have to 
meet the same threshold for amount of other claims data. Another 
commenter recommended that CMS allow state-level public reporting in 
the qualified entity program. A few commenters stated that CMS should 
provide qualified entities with access to timelier Medicare data. One 
commenter stated that some of the existing provisions in the CMS DUA 
conflict with requirements in HIPAA, specifically the requirement to 
destroy data if and when an organization leaves the program.
    Response: We have not established a threshold for the minimum 
amount of other claims an organization needs to become a qualified 
entity. Instead, we ask applicants to explain how the data they do have 
for use in the qualified entity program will be adequate to address 
concerns about sample size and reliability that have been expressed by 
stakeholders regarding the calculation of performance measures from a 
single payer source. Each application is evaluated on its collective 
merit, including the amount of claims data from other sources, and its 
explanation of why that data in combination with the requested Medicare 
data is adequate for the stated purposes of the program.
    We also do not prohibit qualified entities from publicly reporting 
their findings regarding provider and supplier performance at the 
state-level. Qualified entities are allowed to report on providers and 
suppliers at any level for which the measures can be used, provided the 
statutory and regulatory requirements are met, including that no 
patient information is disclosed.
    We currently make data available to qualified entities on quarterly 
basis. We believe the timeliness of this data strikes the right balance 
between data completeness and data timeliness.
    Finally, we do not believe that requirements in the CMS DUA are 
inconsistent with HIPAA. We use a very similar DUA to share data with 
HIPAA-

[[Page 44472]]

covered providers and suppliers who are participating in Innovation 
Center models. We do recognize that some qualified entities may have 
trouble incorporating the Medicare data into their data systems because 
they may not be able to ensure the destruction of this data once it is 
linked with other data maintained by the qualified entity. However, we 
believe that requiring destruction of the data if a qualified entity 
leaves the program is important for ensuring the privacy and security 
of CMS data.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS clarify how FOIA may or 
may not apply to data or reports submitted by qualified entities. 
Another commenter recommended that CMS clarify how the changes to the 
qualified entity program intersect with other statutory and regulatory 
requirements.
    Response: As we noted above, any information that we collect from 
qualified entities is subject to FOIA. However, any time we receive a 
request for information under FOIA, we always evaluate whether the 
information is subject to one of the FOIA exemptions, including 
Exemption 4, which protects commercial or financial information that is 
privileged and confidential.
    We are not able to address the breadth and scope of laws with which 
the qualified entity program requirements may intersect in this rule. 
Such analyses require case-by-case assessment of the facts at hand, and 
depending on jurisdiction, may vary based on which state laws apply. 
Entities should consult with their legal counsel to advise them on what 
laws apply to them, and to what effect.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that the release of Part D data to 
qualified entities should be tailored to protect the viability of the 
Part D program.
    Response: We are committed to ensuring that commercially sensitive 
information from the Part D program is protected. As we stated in the 
previous final rule on the qualified entity program, published on 
December 7, 2011, we are aware of the concerns related to, and 
restrictions governing the release of certain Part D drug cost 
information. Due to these concerns, we only release the Total Drug Cost 
element to qualified entities. We do not release the four subcomponents 
of drug cost: Ingredient cost, dispensing fee, vaccine administration 
fee, and total amount attributable to sales tax.
    Comment: One commenter stated that the rule does not address how 
states that have all payer claims databases (APCDs) can access Medicare 
data.
    Response: We do not believe that state APCDs are prohibited from 
becoming qualified entities. However, state APCDs with an interest in 
conducting research rather than provider performance reporting can also 
request data from CMS via the research request process. Organizations 
interested in accessing CMS data for research should visit 
www.resdac.org.
    Comment: One commenter stated that CMS should adopt a new version 
of the claims form that includes a field for unique device identifiers.
    Response: This comment is outside the scope of the qualified entity 
rule. That said, CMS uses claims that comply with the HIPAA standard 
transactions regulations (45 CFR part 162). Any changes to forms would 
be achieved through rulemaking under those provisions.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that they had concerns about the 
security of the Medicare data.
    Response: We are committed to ensuring the privacy and security of 
all data and we believe the existing and new program requirements 
create an appropriate framework for maintaining the security of data 
disclosed to qualified entities. Organizations applying to become 
qualified entities currently go through a rigorous security review 
during the application process. In addition, we monitor qualified 
entities closely to ensure that they continue to maintain appropriate 
data security standards once approved. As discussed above, we have also 
established data security protections that qualified entities must meet 
when sharing data with authorized users, including a requirement that 
the authorized user report any breaches to the qualified entity (and 
that the qualified entity report the breaches to CMS).
    Comment: Several commenters recommended that CMS clarify that 
organizations already approved as qualified entities would be allowed 
to begin using the Medicare data for the uses described in this final 
rule, regardless of whether the qualified entity has generated a public 
report.
    Response: We would like to clarify that once these regulations 
become effective, organizations approved as qualified entities will be 
allowed to use the Medicare data to create non-public analyses and 
provide or sell such analyses to authorized users, as well provide or 
sell combined data, or provide Medicare claims data alone at no cost, 
to certain authorized users. However, we believe that public reporting 
is a very important aspect of participation in the qualified entity 
program and would like to remind qualified entities about the provision 
at Sec.  401.709(d) which requires qualified entities to produce public 
reports at least annually.

III. Provisions of the Final Rule

    For the most part, this final rule incorporates the provisions of 
the proposed rule. Those provisions of this final rule that differ from 
the proposed rule are as follows:
     We modified the definition of authorized user at Sec.  
401.703(j) to: Include a federal agency, change the term ``state 
agency'' to ``state entity'' to provide additional clarity, and include 
any contractors (or business associates) that need analyses or data to 
carry out work on behalf of authorized user third parties.
     We modified the definition of hospital association at 
Sec.  401.703(n) to include organizations or associations at the local 
level.
     At Sec.  401.703(r), we modified the definition of patient 
to extend the window for a face-to-face or telehealth appointment to at 
least once in the past 24 months.
     We added activities that qualify as treatment under 45 CFR 
164.501 to permitted uses of the data subject to the QE DUA.
     We modified the terms of the QE DUA to permit authorized 
users to re-disclose data subject to the QE DUA as a covered entity 
would be permitted to disclose PHI for treatment activities, as allowed 
under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(2).
     At Sec.  401.716(b)(2), we modified the requirements to 
clarify that a qualified entity may not provide or sell a non-public 
analysis to an issuer for a geographic area where the issuer does not 
provide coverage and, thus, does not have any covered lives to 
contribute to the analyses.
     At Sec.  401.716(b)(4)(iii), we allowed for the disclosure 
of non-public analyses that individually identify a provider or 
supplier if every provider or supplier identified in the analysis has 
notified the qualified entity that analyses may be disclosed to that 
authorized user without prior review by the provider or supplier.
     We added a procedural step to the review and error 
correction process for non-public analyses at Sec.  401.717(f) to 
include confidential notification of the provider or supplier.
     We added a new provision at Sec.  401.722(a) to allow a 
qualified clinical data registry that agrees to meet the requirements 
in this subpart, with the exception of the requirement to submit 
information on the claims data from other sources it possesses, to 
request

[[Page 44473]]

access to Medicare data as a quasi-qualified entity.

IV. Collection of Information Requirements

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are required to 
provide 30-day notice in the Federal Register and solicit public 
comment before a collection of information requirement is submitted to 
the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. In 
order to fairly evaluate whether an information collection should be 
approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act 
of 1995 requires that we solicit comment on the following issues:
     The need for the information collection and its usefulness 
in carrying out the proper functions of our agency.
     The accuracy of our estimate of the information collection 
burden.
     The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be 
collected.
     Recommendations to minimize the information collection 
burden on the affected public, including automated collection 
techniques.
    We solicited public comment on each of these issues for the 
following sections of this document that contain information collection 
requirements (ICRs).
    Proposed Sec.  401.718(c) and Sec.  401.716(b)(2)(ii) require a 
qualified entity to enter into a QE DUA with an authorized user prior 
to providing or selling data or selling a non-public analyses that 
contains individually identifiable beneficiary information. Proposed 
Sec.  401.713(d) requires specific provisions in the QE DUA. Proposed 
Sec.  401.716(c) requires a qualified entity to enter into a non-public 
analyses agreement with the authorized user as a pre-condition to 
providing or selling de-identified analyses. We estimate that it will 
take each qualified entity a total of 40 hours to develop the QE DUA 
and non-public analyses agreement. Of the 40 hours, we estimate it will 
take a professional/technical services employee with an hourly labor 
cost of $75.08 a total of 20 hours to develop both the QE DUA and non-
public analyses agreement and estimate that it will require a total of 
20 hours of legal review at an hourly labor cost of $77.16 for both the 
QE DUA and non-public analyses agreement. We also estimate that it will 
take each qualified entity 2 hours to process and maintain each QE DUA 
or non-public analyses agreement with an authorized user by a 
professional/technical service employee with an hourly labor cost of 
$75.08. While there may be two different staff positions that perform 
these duties (one that is responsible for processing the QE DUAs and/or 
non-public analyses agreement and one that is responsible for 
maintaining the QE DUA and/or non-public analyses agreement), we 
believe that both positions would fall under the professional/technical 
services employee labor category with an hourly labor cost of $75.08. 
There are currently 15 qualified entities; however we estimate that 
number will increase to 20 if these proposals are finalized. This 
number includes qualified entities and ``quasi qualified entities'' 
(meaning qualified clinical data registries that are approved under 
Sec.  401.722(a) as described in this preamble), which we hereinafter 
collectively refer to as ``qualified entity''. This would mean that to 
develop each QE DUA and non-public analysis agreement, the burden cost 
per qualified entity would be $3,045 with a total estimated burden for 
all 15 qualified entities of $45,675. This does not include the two 
hours to process and maintain each QE DUA.
    As discussed in the regulatory impact analysis below, we estimate 
that each qualified entity would need to process and maintain 70 QE 
DUAs or non-public analyses agreements as some authorized users may 
receive both datasets and a non-public analyses and would only need to 
execute one QE DUA. We estimate that it will take each qualified entity 
2 hours to process and maintain each QE DUA or non-public analyses 
agreement. This would mean the burden cost per qualified entity to 
process and maintain 70 QE DUAs or non-public analyses agreements would 
be $10,511 with a total estimated burden for all 15 qualified entities 
of $157, 668. While we anticipate that the requirement to create a QE 
DUA and/or non-public analyses agreement will only be incurred once by 
a qualified entity, we believe that the requirement to process and 
maintain the QE DUAs and/or non-public analyses will be an ongoing 
cost.
    These regulations would also require a qualified entity to submit 
additional information as part of its annual report to CMS. A qualified 
entity is currently required to submit an annual report to CMS under 
Sec.  401.719(b). Proposed Sec.  401.719(b)(3) and (4) provide for 
additional reporting requirements if a qualified entity chooses to 
provide or sell analyses and/or data to authorized users. The burden 
associated with this requirement is the time and effort necessary to 
gather, process, and submit the required information to CMS. As noted 
above, there are currently 15 qualified entities; however we estimate 
that number will increase to 20 if these proposals are finalized. Some 
qualified entities may not want to bear the risk of the potential 
assessments and have been able to accomplish their program goals under 
other CMS data sharing programs, therefore some qualified entities may 
not elect to provide or sell analyses and/or data to authorized users. 
As a result, we estimate that 15 qualified entities will choose to 
provide or sell analyses and/or data to authorized users, and 
therefore, would be required to comply with these additional reporting 
requirements within the first three years of the program. We further 
estimate that it would take each qualified entity 50 hours to gather, 
process, and submit the required information. We estimate that it will 
take each qualified entity 34 hours to gather the required information, 
15 hours to process the information, and 1 hour to submit the 
information to CMS. We believe a professional or technical services 
employee of the qualified entity with an hourly labor cost of $75.08 
will fulfill these additional annual report requirements. We estimate 
that 15 qualified entities will need to comply with this requirement 
and that the total estimated burden associated with this requirement is 
$56,310. We requested comment on the type of employee and the number of 
hours that will be needed to fulfill these additional annual reporting 
requirements.
    As a reminder, the final rule for the qualified entity program, 
published December 7, 2011, included information about the burden 
associated with the provisions in that rule. Specifically, Sec. Sec.  
401.705 through 401.709 provide the application and reapplication 
requirements for qualified entities. The burden associated with these 
requirements is currently approved under OMB control number 0938-1144 
with an expiration date of May 31, 2018. This package accounts for 35 
responses. Section 401.713(a) states that as part of the application 
review and approval process, a qualified entity would be required to 
execute a DUA with CMS, that among other things, reaffirms the 
statutory bar on the use of Medicare data for purposes other than those 
referenced above. The burden associated with executing this DUA is 
currently approved under OMB control number 0938-0734 with an 
expiration date of December 31, 2017. This package accounts for 9,240 
responses (this package covers all CMS DUAs, not only DUAs under the 
qualified entity program). We currently have 15 qualified entities and 
estimate it will increase to 20 so we have not surpassed the previously 
approved numbers.
    We based the hourly labor costs on those reported by the Bureau of 
Labor

[[Page 44474]]

Statistics (BLS) at http://data.bls.gov/pdq/querytool.jsp?survey=ce for 
this labor category. We used the annual rate for 2014 and added 100 
percent for overhead and fringe benefit costs.

                                                           Table 1--Collection of Information
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                      Hourly
                                                                             Number of    Burden per     Total      labor cost  Total labor
        Regulation section(s)             OMB Control No.       Number of    responses     response      annual         of        cost of     Total cost
                                                               respondents      per        (hours)       burden     reporting    reporting       ($)
                                                                             respondent                 (hours)       ($) *         ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.   401.718, Sec.   401.716, and   0938 New...............           15            1           20          300        75.08       22,524       22,524
 Sec.   401.713 (DUA and non-public
 analyses agreement Development).
Sec.   401.718 and Sec.   401.716     0938 New...............           15            1           20          300        77.16       23,148       23,148
 (Legal Review).
Sec.   401.718 and Sec.   401.716     0938 New...............           15           70            2        2,100        75.08      157,668      157,668
 (Processing and Maintenance).
Sec.   401.719(b)...................  0938 New...............           15            1           50          750        75.08       56,310       56,310
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total...........................  .......................           15           73  ...........        3,450  ...........  ...........      259,650
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The values listed are based on 100 percent overhead and fringe benefit calculations.
Note: There are no capital/maintenance costs associated with the information collection requirements contained in this rule; therefore, we have removed
  the associated column from Table 1.

    If you comment on these information collection and recordkeeping 
requirements, please submit your comments to the Office of Information 
and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget,

Attention: CMS Desk Officer, CMS-5061-F
Fax: (202) 395-6974; or
Email: [email protected]

V. Regulatory Impact Statement

    In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this 
regulation was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.

A. Response to Comments

    We received a few comments on the anticipated effects of these 
modifications to the qualified entity program.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that it would take each qualified 
entity an estimated 60 hours to develop and review the QE DUA and non-
public analyses agreement. Of those 60 hours, 30 hours would be to 
develop the QE DUA and non-public analyses agreement and 30 would be 
needed for legal review. In addition, the commenter estimated that it 
would take each qualified entity 3 hours to process and maintain each 
QE DUA and non-public analyses agreement.
    Response: In the proposed rule, we estimated that it would take 
each qualified entity 40 hours to develop and review the QE DUA and 
non-public analyses agreement. Of those 40 hours, 20 hours would be 
needed to develop the QE DUA and non-public analyses agreement and 20 
hours would be needed for legal review. We also estimated that it would 
take 2 hours to process and maintain each QE DUA and non-public 
analyses agreement. We recognize that some qualified entities may spend 
more hours than other qualified entities to develop, process, and 
maintain QE DUAs and non-public analyses agreements. For example, some 
qualified entities may spend 60 hours to develop the QE DUA and non-
public analyses agreement and other qualified entities will spend 30 
hours. However, we believe that 40 hours to develop the QE DUA and the 
non-public analyses agreement and 2 hours to process each QE DUA and 
the non-public analyses agreement is a reasonable average.
    Comment: We received a few comments about the impact on providers 
and suppliers. One commenter suggested that CMS reconsider the 
assumption that all 1500 small rural hospitals would not be impacted by 
this rule and that the 3 hour average estimate for providers and 
suppliers to review non-public analyses appears too low. Another 
commenter suggested that CMS monitor provider burden as expanded data 
access unfolds and the number of qualified entities and authorized 
users begin to grow.
    Response: We appreciate commenters' concerns about the potential 
impact on providers and suppliers. As discussed above in section 
II.A.4, we made procedural changes to the proposed review and 
corrections process for non-public analyses in order to reduce burden 
to both qualified entities and providers and suppliers. As a first step 
of the review and correction process, the qualified entity would be 
required to notify the provider or supplier that analyses that 
individually identify the provider or supplier are going to be released 
to an authorized user and allow the provider or supplier to opt-in to 
the review and corrections process at Sec.  401.717(a) through (e). 
This notification should include a short summary of the analyses, the 
process for the provider or supplier to request the analyses, and the 
date on which the qualified entity will release the analyses to the 
authorized user. This date should be at least 65 calendar days from the 
date the provider or supplier is notified of the analyses.
    Given these procedural changes to the review and corrections 
process in the context of the non-public analyses, we believe that the 
3 hours average estimate for providers and suppliers to review non-
public analyses is a sufficient estimate of provider and supplier 
burden. This average takes into account the range of potential cases 
given the new review and corrections process. In some cases, for 
example, notification may be sufficient to meet the needs of providers 
or suppliers. In other cases, however, where the analyses are similar 
to previous analyses or use data the provider or supplier has already 
corrected, the provider or supplier may choose not to review the 
analyses. In addition, as discussed in the proposed rule, even if a 
provider or supplier requests the non-public analyses, there will be 
variability in the amount of time providers or suppliers will need for 
the review and corrections process.
    As discussed in the proposed rule, we do not anticipate this rule 
will have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial 
number of small rural hospitals because we anticipate that most 
qualified entities will focus their performance evaluation efforts on 
metropolitan areas where the majority of health services are provided. 
In addition, given the limited number of health services provided in 
rural regions, we anticipate that any analyses that included rural 
regions would not individually identify the providers or suppliers, but 
rather focus on regional or state metrics. As suggested by a commenter, 
we will monitor provider burden as the number of qualified

[[Page 44475]]

entities grows and more non-public analyses are provided to authorized 
users.

B. Overall Impact

    We have examined the impacts of this rule as required by Executive 
Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, 96), section 
1102(b) of the Act, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 
1995 (Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 
1999), and the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)).
    Executive Order 12866 directs agencies to assess all costs and 
benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is 
necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits 
(including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety 
effects, distributive impacts, and equity). A regulatory impact 
analysis (RIA) must be prepared for major rules with economically 
significant effects ($100 million or more in any 1 year). For the 
reasons discussed below, we estimate that the total impact of this 
final rule will be less than $58 million and therefore, it will not 
reach the threshold for economically significant effects and is not 
considered a major rule.
    The RFA requires agencies to analyze options for regulatory relief 
of small businesses, if a rule has a significant impact on a 
substantial number of small entities. For purposes of the RFA, we 
estimate that most hospitals and most other providers are small 
entities as that term is used in the RFA (including small businesses, 
nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions). 
However, since the total estimated impact of this rule is less than 
$100 million, and the total estimated impact will be spread over 82,500 
providers and suppliers (who are the subject of reports), no one entity 
will face significant impact. Of the 82,500 providers, we estimate that 
78,605 will be physician offices that have average annual receipts of 
$11 million and 4,125 will be hospitals that have average annual 
receipts of $38.5 million. As discussed below, the estimated cost per 
provider is $8,426 (see table 5 below) and the estimated cost per 
hospital is $6,523 (see table 5 below). For both types of entities, 
these costs will be a very small percentage of overall receipts. Thus, 
we are not preparing an analysis of options for regulatory relief of 
small businesses because we have determined that this rule will not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.
    For section 105(a) of MACRA, we estimate that two types of entities 
may be affected by the additional program opportunities: Qualified 
entities that choose to provide or sell non-public analyses or data to 
authorized users; and providers and suppliers who are identified in the 
non-public analyses create by qualified entities and provided or sold 
to authorized users.
    We anticipate that most providers and suppliers that may be 
identified in qualified entities' non-public analyses will be hospitals 
and physicians. Many hospitals and most other healthcare providers and 
suppliers are small entities, either by being nonprofit organizations 
or by meeting the Small Business Administration definition of a small 
business (having revenues of less than $38.5 million in any 1 year) 
(for details see the Small Business Administration's Web site at 
https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/Size_Standards_Table.pdf 
(refer to the 620000 series). For purposes of the RFA, physicians are 
considered small businesses if they generate revenues of $11 million or 
less based on Small Business Administration size standards. 
Approximately 95 percent of physicians are considered to be small 
entities.
    The analysis and discussion provided in this section and elsewhere 
in this final rule complies with the RFA requirements. Because we 
acknowledge that many of the affected entities are small entities, the 
analysis discussed throughout the preamble of this final rule 
constitutes our regulatory flexibility analysis for the remaining 
provisions and addresses comments received on these issues.
    In addition, section 1102(b) of the Act requires us to prepare a 
regulatory impact analysis, if a rule may have a significant impact on 
the operations of a substantial number of small rural hospitals. Any 
such regulatory impact analysis must conform to the provisions of 
section 604 of the RFA. For purposes of section 1102(b) of the Act, we 
define a small rural hospital as a hospital that is located outside of 
a metropolitan statistical area and has fewer than 100 beds. We do not 
believe this final rule has impact on significant operations of a 
substantial number of small rural hospitals because we anticipate that 
most qualified entities will focus their performance evaluation efforts 
on metropolitan areas where the majority of health services are 
provided. As a result, this rule will not have a significant impact on 
small rural hospitals. Therefore, the Secretary has determined that 
this final rule will not have a significant impact on the operations of 
a substantial number of small rural hospitals.
    Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) also 
requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before 
issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 
million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2016, that 
threshold is approximately $146 million. This final rule will not 
impose spending costs on state, local, or tribal governments in the 
aggregate, or by the private sector, of $146 million or more. 
Specifically, as explained below we anticipate the total impact of this 
rule on all parties to be approximately $58 million.
    Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an 
agency must meet when it promulgates a proposed rule (and subsequent 
final rule) that imposes substantial direct requirement costs on State 
and local governments, preempts State law, or otherwise has Federalism 
implications. We have examined this final rule in accordance with 
Executive Order 13132 and have determined that this regulation will not 
have any substantial direct effect on State or local governments, 
preempt States, or otherwise have a Federalism implication.

C. Anticipated Effects

1. Impact on Qualified Entities
    Because section 105(a) of MACRA allows qualified entities to use 
the data in new ways to provide or sell non-public analyses or data to 
authorized users, there is little quantitative information to inform 
our estimates on the number of analyses and datasets that the qualified 
entity costs may provide or sell or on the costs associated with the 
creation of the non-public analyses or datasets. Therefore, we look to 
the estimates from the original qualified entity rules to estimate the 
number of hours that it may take to create non-public analyses, to 
process provider/supplier appeals and revisions, and to complete annual 
reports. We also looked to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid's cost 
of providing data to qualified entities since qualified entities' data 
fees are equal to the government's cost to make the data available.
    There are currently 15 qualified entities and these qualified 
entities all are in different stages of the qualified entity program. 
For example, some qualified entities have released public reports and 
some qualified entities are

[[Page 44476]]

still completing the security requirements in order to receive Medicare 
data. Given the requirements in the different phases and the current 
status of the qualified entities, we estimate that 11 qualified 
entities will be able to provide or sell analyses and/or data to 
authorized users within the first year of the program, and therefore, 
will be incurring extra costs. As discussed above, we believe the total 
number of qualified entities will ultimately grow to 20 in subsequent 
years, with 15 entities providing or selling analyses and/or data to 
authorized users. In estimating qualified entity impacts, we used 
hourly labor costs in several labor categories reported by the Bureau 
of Labor Statistics (BLS) at http://data.bls.gov/pdq/querytool.jsp?survey=ce. We used the annual rates for 2014 and added 
100 percent for overhead and fringe benefit costs. These rates are 
displayed in Table 2.

                           Table 2--Labor Rates for Qualified Entity Impact Estimates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   2014  Hourly
                                                                    wage  rate    OH and  fringe   Total hourly
                                                                       (BLS)           (100%)          costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Professional and technical services.............................          $37.54          $37.54          $75.08
Legal review....................................................           38.58           38.58           77.16
Custom computer programming.....................................           43.05           43.05           86.10
Data processing and hosting.....................................           34.02           34.02           68.04
Other information services......................................           39.72           39.72           79.44
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We estimate that within the first year that 11 qualified entities 
will provide or sell on average 55 non-public analyses or provide or 
sell 35 datasets. We do not believe the number of datasets and non-
public analyses per qualified entity will change in future years of the 
program.
    In the original proposed rule for the qualified entity program (76 
FR 33566), we estimated that each qualified entities' activities to 
analyze the Medicare claims data, calculate performance measures and 
produce public provider performance reports will require 5,500 hours of 
effort per qualified entity. We anticipate under this final rule that 
implements section 105(a) of MACRA that qualified entities will base 
the non-public analyses on their public performance reports. Therefore, 
the creation of the non-public analyses will require much less effort 
and only require a fraction of the time it takes to produce the public 
reports. We estimate that a qualified entity's activities for each non-
public analysis to analyze the Medicare claims data, calculate 
performance measures, and produce the report will require 320 hours, 
between five and six percent of the time to produce the public reports. 
We anticipate that half of this time will be spent on data analysis, 
measure calculation, and report creation and the other half on data 
processing.
    We anticipate that within the first year of the program a qualified 
entity will, on average, provide one-year datasets containing all data 
types for a cohort of 750,000 to 1.75 million beneficiaries to 35 
authorized users. We estimate that it will require 226 hours to create 
each dataset that will be provided to an authorized user. We looked to 
the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Centers' data costs and time to 
estimate a qualified entity's costs and time to create datasets. While 
the majority of the time will be devoted to computer processing, we 
anticipate about 100 hours will be spent on computer programming, 
particularly if the qualified entity is de-identiying the data.
    We further estimate that, on average, each qualified entity will 
expend 7,500 hours of effort processing providers' and suppliers' 
appeals of their performance reports and producing revised reports, 
including legal review of the appeals and revised reports. These 
estimates assume that, as discussed below in the section on provider 
and supplier impacts, on average 25 percent of providers and suppliers 
will appeal their results from a qualified entity. Responding to these 
appeals in an appropriate manner will require a significant investment 
of time on the part of qualified entities. This equates to an average 
of four hours per appeal for each qualified entity. These estimates are 
similar to those in the Qualified Entities final rule. We assume that 
the complexity of appeals will vary greatly, and as such, the time 
required to address them will also vary greatly. Many appeals may be 
able to be dealt with in an hour or less while some appeals may require 
multiple meetings between the qualified entity and the affected 
provider or supplier. On average, however, we believe that this is a 
reasonable estimate of the burden of the appeals process on qualified 
entities. We discuss the burden of the appeals process on providers and 
suppliers below.
    We estimate that each qualified entity will spend 40 hours creating 
a non-public analyses agreement template and a QE DUA. We also estimate 
that it will take a qualified entity 2 hours to process a QE DUA or 
non-public analyses agreement.
    Finally, we estimate that each qualified entity will spend 50 hours 
on the additional annual reporting requirements.
    Qualified entities will be required to notify CMS of inappropriate 
disclosures or use of beneficiary identifiable data pursuant to the 
requirements in the CMS DUA. We believe that the report generated in 
response to an inappropriate disclosure or use of beneficiary 
identifiable data will be generated as a matter of course by the 
qualified entities and therefore, will not require significant 
additional effort. Based on the assumptions we have described, we 
estimate the total impact on qualified entities for the first year of 
the program to be a cost of $27,925,198.

[[Page 44477]]



                                         Table 3--Impact on Qualified Entities for the First Year of the Program
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Hours
                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Data        Labor       Cost per    Number of    Number of    Total cost
             Activity               Professional                 Computer   processsing  hourly cost   authorized   authorized   qualified      impact
                                         and         Legal     programming       and                      user        users       entities
                                      technical                               hosting
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             [Impact on Qualified Entities]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dissemination of Data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Data processing & hosting.........  ............  ...........  ...........          126       $68.04       $8,573           35           11   $3,300,620
Computer programming..............  ............  ...........          100  ...........        86.10        8,610           35           11    3,314,850
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total: Dissemination of Data..  ............  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........   $6,615,470
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Non-Public Analyses
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Data analysis/measure calculation/  ............  ...........          160  ...........        86.10       13,776           55           11    8,334,480
 report preparation...............
Data Processing and hosting.......  ............  ...........  ...........          160        68.04       10,886           55           11    6,586,272
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total: Non-public Analyses....  ............  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........   14,920,752
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Processing of Provider Appeals and Report Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qualified entity processing of             5,500  ...........  ...........  ...........        75.08      412,940  ...........           11    4,542,340
 provider appeals and report
 revision.........................
Qualified entity legal analysis of  ............        2,000  ...........  ...........        77.16      154,320  ...........           11    1,697,520
 provider appeals and report
 revisions........................
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total: Qualified entity         ............  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........    6,239,860
     processing of provider
     appeals and report revision..
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        QE DUA and Non-Public Analyses Agreements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QE DUA and Non-public analyses:
    Development of the QE DUA and             20  ...........  ...........  ...........        75.08         1502  ...........           11       16,518
     non-public analyses agreement
    Legal review of the QE DUA and  ............           20  ...........  ...........        77.16        1,543  ...........           11       16,975
     non-public analyses agreement
    Processing QE DUA and non-                 2  ...........  ...........  ...........        75.08          150           70           11      115,623
     public analyses agreement....
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total QE DUA and non-       ............  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........      149,116
         public analyses
         agreements...............
    Additional Annual Report                  50  ...........  ...........  ...........        75.08        3,754  ...........           11       41,294
     Requirements.................
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total qualified entity      ............  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........   27,966,492
         Impacts..................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Impact on Healthcare Providers and Suppliers
    We note that numerous healthcare payers, community quality 
collaboratives, States, and other organizations are producing 
performance measures for healthcare providers and suppliers using data 
from other sources, and that providers and suppliers are already 
receiving performance reports from these sources. We anticipate that 
the review of non-public analyses will merely be added to those 
existing efforts to improve the statistical validity of the measure 
findings.
    Table 4 reflects the hourly labor rates used in our estimate of the 
impacts of the first year of section 105(a) of MACRA on healthcare 
providers and suppliers.

                         Table 4--Labor Rates for Provider and Supplier Impact Estimates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Overhead and
                                                                   2014  Hourly       fringe       Total hourly
                                                                     wage rate       benefits          costs
                                                                       (BLS)          (100%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Physicians' offices.............................................          $38.27          $38.27          $76.54
Hospitals.......................................................           29.65           29.65           59.30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 44478]]

    We anticipate that the impacts on providers and suppliers consist 
of costs to review the performance reports generated by qualified 
entities and, if they choose, appeal the performance calculations. We 
believe, on average, each qualified entity will produce non-public 
analyses that in total include information on 7,500 health providers 
and suppliers. This is based on estimates in the qualified entity final 
rule, but also include an increase of 50 percent because we believe 
that more providers and suppliers will be included in the non-public 
analyses. We anticipate that the largest proportion of providers and 
suppliers will be physicians because they comprise the largest group of 
providers and suppliers, and are a primary focus of many recent 
performance evaluation efforts. We also believe that many providers and 
suppliers will be the recipients of the non-public analyses in order to 
support their own performance improvement activities, and therefore, 
there will be no requirement for a correction or appeals process. As 
discussed above, there is no requirement for a corrections or appeals 
process where the analysis only individually identifies the (singular) 
provider or supplier who is being provided or sold the analysis. Based 
on our review of information from existing programs, we assume that 95 
percent of the recipients of performance reports (that is, an average 
of 7,125 per qualified entity) will be physicians, and 5 percent (that 
is, an average of 375 per qualified entity) will be hospitals and other 
suppliers. Providers and suppliers receive these reports with no 
obligation to review them, but we assume that most will do so to verify 
that their calculated performance measures reflect their actual 
patients and health events. Because these non-public analyses will be 
based on the same underlying data as the public performance reports, we 
estimate that it will take less time for providers or suppliers to 
review these analyses and generate an appeal. We estimate that, on 
average, each provider or supplier will devote three hours to reviewing 
these analyses. We also estimate that 25 percent of the providers and 
suppliers will decide to appeal their performance calculations, and 
that preparing the appeal will involve an average of seven hours of 
effort on the part of a provider or supplier. As with our assumptions 
regarding the level of effort required by qualified entities in 
operating the appeals process, we believe that this average covers a 
range of provider efforts from providers who will need just one or two 
hours to clarify any questions or concerns regarding their performance 
reports to providers who will devote significant time and resources to 
the appeals process.
    Using the hourly costs displayed in Table 4, the impacts on 
providers and suppliers are calculated below in Table 5. Based on the 
assumptions we have described, we estimate the total impact on 
providers for the first year of the program to be a cost of 
$29,690,386.
    As stated above in Table 3, we estimate the total impact on 
qualified entities to be a cost of $27,966,492. Therefore, the total 
impact on qualified entities and on providers and suppliers for the 
first year of the program is estimated to be $57,656,878.

                                      Table 5--Impact on Providers and Suppliers for the First Year of the Program
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Hours per provider                                Number of
                                                              --------------------------                            providers    Number of
                           Activity                                                         Labor       Cost per       per       qualified    Total cost
                                                                Physician    Hospitals   hourly cost    provider    qualified     entities      impact
                                                                 offices                                              entity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           [Impact on Providers and Suppliers]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Physician office review of performance reports...............            3  ...........       $76.54         $230        7,125           11  $18,026,250
Hospital review of performance reports.......................  ...........            3        59.30          178          375           11      734,250
Physician office preparing and submitting appeal requests to             7  ...........        76.54          536        1,781           11   10,500,776
 qualified entities..........................................
Hospital preparing and submitting appeal requests to           ...........            7        59.30          415           94           11      429,110
 qualified entities..........................................
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Impact on Providers and Suppliers..................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........   29,690,386
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Alternatives Considered

    The statutory provisions added by section 105(a) of MACRA are 
detailed and prescriptive about the permissible uses of the data under 
the Qualified Entity Program. We believe there are limited approaches 
that will ensure statutory compliance. We considered less prescriptive 
requirements on the provisions that will need to be included in the 
agreements between qualified entities and authorized users that 
received or purchased analyses or data. For example, we could have 
required less strenuous data privacy and security protections such as 
not setting a minimum standard for protection of beneficiary 
identifiable data or non-public analyses. In addition, we could have 
reduced additional restrictions on re-disclosure or permitted data or 
analyses to be re-disclosed to additional downstream users. While these 
approaches might reduce costs for qualified entities, we did not adopt 
such an approach because of the importance of protecting beneficiary 
data. We believe if we do not require qualified entities to provide 
sufficient evidence of data privacy and security protection 
capabilities, there will be increased risks related to the protection 
of beneficiary identifiable data.

E. Conclusion

    As explained above, we estimate the total impact for the first year 
of the program on qualified entities and providers to be a cost of 
$57,656,878. While we anticipate the number of qualified entities to 
increase slightly, we do not anticipate significant growth in the 
qualified entity program given the qualified entity program 
requirements, as well as other existing programs that allow entities to 
obtain Medicare data. Based on these estimates, we conclude this final 
rule does not reach the threshold for economically significant effects 
and thus is not considered a major rule.
    In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this 
regulation was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.

[[Page 44479]]

List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 401

    Claims, Freedom of information, Health facilities, Medicare, 
Privacy.

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Centers for Medicare 
& Medicaid Services amends 42 CFR part 401 as set forth below:

PART 401--GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

0
1. The authority citation for part 401 is revised to read as follows:

    Authority:  Secs. 1102, 1871, and 1874(e) of the Social Security 
Act (42 U.S.C. 1302, 1395hh, and 1395w-5) and sec. 105, Pub. L. 114-
10, 129 Stat. 87.


0
2. Section 401.703 is amended by adding paragraphs (j) through (u) to 
read as follows:


Sec.  401.703  Definitions.

* * * * *
    (j) Authorized user is a third party and its contractors 
(including, where applicable, business associates as that term is 
defined at 45 CFR 160.103) that need analyses or data covered by this 
section to carry out work on behalf of that third party (meaning not 
the qualified entity or the qualified entity's contractors) to whom/
which the qualified entity provides or sells data as permitted under 
this subpart. Authorized user third parties are limited to the 
following entities:
    (1) A provider.
    (2) A supplier.
    (3) A medical society.
    (4) A hospital association.
    (5) An employer.
    (6) A health insurance issuer.
    (7) A healthcare provider and/or supplier association.
    (8) A state entity.
    (9) A federal agency.
    (k) Employer has the same meaning as the term ``employer'' as 
defined in section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement Insurance Security 
Act of 1974.
    (l) Health insurance issuer has the same meaning as the term 
``health insurance issuer'' as defined in section 2791 of the Public 
Health Service Act.
    (m) Medical society means a nonprofit organization or association 
that provides unified representation and advocacy for physicians at the 
national or state level and whose membership is comprised of a majority 
of physicians.
    (n) Hospital association means a nonprofit organization or 
association that provides unified representation and advocacy for 
hospitals or health systems at a national, state, or local level and 
whose membership is comprised of a majority of hospitals and health 
systems.
    (o) Healthcare Provider and/or Supplier Association means a 
nonprofit organization or association that provides unified 
representation and advocacy for providers and suppliers at the national 
or state level and whose membership is comprised of a majority of 
suppliers or providers.
    (p) State Entity means any office, department, division, bureau, 
board, commission, agency, institution, or committee within the 
executive branch of a state government.
    (q) Combined data means, at a minimum, a set of CMS claims data 
provided under this subpart combined with claims data, or a subset of 
claims data from at least one of the other claims data sources 
described in Sec.  401.707(d).
    (r) Patient means an individual who has visited the provider or 
supplier for a face-to-face or telehealth appointment at least once in 
the past 24 months.
    (s) Marketing means the same as the term ``marketing'' at 45 CFR 
164.501 without the exception to the bar for ``consent'' based 
marketing.
    (t) Violation means a failure to comply with a requirement of a CMS 
DUA (CMS data use agreement) or QE DUA (qualified entity data use 
agreement).
    (u) Required by law means the same as the phrase ``required by 
law'' at 45 CFR 164.103.

0
3. Section 401.713 is amended by revising paragraph (a) and adding 
paragraph (d) to read as follows:


Sec.  401.713  Ensuring the privacy and security of data.

    (a) Data use agreement between CMS and a qualified entity. A 
qualified entity must comply with the data requirements in its data use 
agreement with CMS (hereinafter the CMS DUA). Contractors (including, 
where applicable, business associates) of qualified entities that are 
anticipated to have access to the Medicare claims data or beneficiary 
identifiable data in the context of this program are also required to 
execute and comply with the CMS DUA. The CMS DUA will require the 
qualified entity to maintain privacy and security protocols throughout 
the duration of the agreement with CMS, and will ban the use or 
disclosure of Medicare data or any derivative data for purposes other 
than those set out in this subpart. The CMS DUA will also prohibit the 
use of unsecured telecommunications to transmit such data, and will 
specify the circumstances under which such data must be stored and may 
be transmitted.
* * * * *
    (d) Data use agreement between a qualified entity and an authorized 
user. In addition to meeting the other requirements of this subpart, 
and as a pre-condition of selling or disclosing any combined data or 
any Medicare claims data (or any beneficiary-identifiable derivative 
data of either kind) and as a pre-condition of selling or disclosing 
non-public analyses that include individually identifiable beneficiary 
data, the qualified entity must enter a DUA (hereinafter the QE DUA) 
with the authorized user. Among other things laid out in this subpart, 
such QE DUA must contractually bind the authorized user (including any 
contractors or business associates described in the definition of 
authorized user) to the following:
    (1)(i) The authorized user may be permitted to use such data and 
non-public analyses in a manner that a HIPAA Covered Entity could do 
under the following provisions:
    (A) Activities falling under paragraph (1) of the definition of 
``health care operations'' under 45 CFR 164.501: Quality improvement 
activities, including care coordination activities and efforts to track 
and manage medical costs; patient-safety activities; population-based 
activities such as those aimed at improving patient safety, quality of 
care, or population health, including the development of new models of 
care, the development of means to expand coverage and improve access to 
healthcare, the development of means of reducing healthcare 
disparities, and the development or improvement of methods of payment 
or coverage policies.
    (B) Activities falling under paragraph (2) of the definition of 
``health care operations'' under 45 CFR 164.501: Reviewing the 
competence or qualifications of health care professionals, evaluating 
practitioner and provider performance, health plan performance, 
conducting training programs in which students, trainees, or 
practitioners in areas of health care learn under supervision to 
practice or improve their skills as health care providers, training of 
non-health care professionals, accreditation, certification, licensing, 
or credentialing activities.
    (C) Activities that qualify as ``fraud and abuse detection or 
compliance activities'' under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(ii).
    (D) Activities that qualify as ``treatment'' under 45 CFR 164.501.
    (ii) All other uses and disclosures of such data and/or such non-
public analyses must be forbidden except to the extent a disclosure 
qualifies as a ``required by law'' disclosure as defined at 45 CFR 
164.103.

[[Page 44480]]

    (2) The authorized user is prohibited from using or disclosing the 
data or non-public analyses for marketing purposes as defined at Sec.  
401.703(s).
    (3) The authorized user is required to ensure adequate privacy and 
security protection for such data and non-public analyses. At a 
minimum, regardless of whether the authorized user is a HIPAA covered 
entity, such protections of beneficiary identifiable data must be at 
least as protective as what is required of covered entities and their 
business associates regarding protected health information (PHI) under 
the HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules. In all cases, these requirements 
must be imposed for the life of such beneficiary identifiable data or 
non-public analyses and/or any derivative data, that is until all 
copies of such data or non-public analyses are returned or destroyed. 
Such duties must be written in such a manner as to survive termination 
of the QE DUA, whether for cause or not.
    (4) Except as provided for in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, the 
authorized user must be prohibited from re-disclosing or making public 
any such data or non-public analyses.
    (5)(i) At the qualified entity's discretion, it may permit an 
authorized user that is a provider as defined in Sec.  401.703(b) or a 
supplier as defined in Sec.  401.703(c), to re-disclose such data and 
non-public analyses as a covered entity will be permitted to disclose 
PHI under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(i), under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(2), or under 
45 CFR 164.502(e)(1).
    (ii) All other uses and disclosures of such data and/or such non-
public analyses is forbidden except to the extent a disclosure 
qualifies as a ``required by law'' disclosure.
    (6) Authorized users who/that receive the beneficiary de-identified 
combined data or Medicare data as contemplated under Sec.  401.718 are 
contractually prohibited from linking the beneficiary de-identified 
data to any other identifiable source of information, and must be 
contractually barred from attempting any other means of re-identifying 
any individual whose data is included in such data.
    (7) The QE DUA must bind authorized user(s) to notifying the 
qualified entity of any violations of the QE DUA, and it must require 
the full cooperation of the authorized user in the qualified entity's 
efforts to mitigate any harm that may result from such violations, or 
to comply with the breach provisions governing qualified entities under 
this subpart.

0
4. Section 401.716 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  401.716  Non-public analyses.

    (a) General. So long as it meets the other requirements of this 
subpart, and subject to the limits in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
section, the qualified entity may use the combined data to create non-
public analyses in addition to performance measures and provide or sell 
these non-public analyses to authorized users (including any 
contractors or business associates described in the definition of 
authorized user).
    (b) Limitations on a qualified entity. In addition to meeting the 
other requirements of this subpart, a qualified entity must comply with 
the following limitations as a pre-condition of dissemination or 
selling non-public analyses to an authorized user:
    (1) A qualified entity may only provide or sell a non-public 
analysis to a health insurance issuer as defined in Sec.  401.703(l), 
after the health insurance issuer or a business associate of that 
health insurance issuer has provided the qualified entity with claims 
data that represents a majority of the health insurance issuer's 
covered lives, using one of the four methods of calculating covered 
lives established at 26 CFR 46.4375-1(c)(2), for the time period and 
geographic region covered by the issuer-requested non-public analyses. 
A qualified entity may not provide or sell a non-public analysis to a 
health insurance issuer if the issuer does not have any covered lives 
in the geographic region covered by the issuer-requested non-public 
analysis.
    (2) Analyses that contain information that individually identifies 
one or more beneficiaries may only be disclosed to a provider or 
supplier (as defined at Sec.  401.703(b) and (c)) when both of the 
following conditions are met:
    (i) The analyses only contain identifiable information on 
beneficiaries with whom the provider or supplier have a patient 
relationship as defined at Sec.  401.703(r).
    (ii) A QE DUA as defined at Sec.  401.713(d) is executed between 
the qualified entity and the provider or supplier prior to making any 
individually identifiable beneficiary information available to the 
provider or supplier.
    (3) Except as specified under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, all 
analyses must be limited to beneficiary de-identified data. Regardless 
of the HIPAA covered entity or business associate status of the 
qualified entity and/or the authorized user, de-identification must be 
determined based on the standards for HIPAA covered entities found at 
45 CFR 164.514(b).
    (4) Analyses that contain information that individually identifies 
a provider or supplier (regardless of the level of the provider or 
supplier, that is, individual clinician, group of clinicians, or 
integrated delivery system) may not be disclosed unless one of the 
following three conditions apply:
    (i) The analysis only individually identifies the provider or 
supplier that is being supplied the analysis.
    (ii) Every provider or supplier individually identified in the 
analysis has been afforded the opportunity to appeal or correct errors 
using the process at Sec.  401.717(f).
    (iii) Every provider or supplier individually identified in the 
analysis has notified the qualified entity, in writing, that analyses 
can be disclosed to the authorized user without first going through the 
appeal and error correction process at Sec.  401.717(f).
    (c) Non-public analyses agreement between a qualified entity and an 
authorized user for beneficiary de-identified non-public analyses 
disclosures. In addition to the other requirements of this subpart, a 
qualified entity must enter a contractually binding non-public analyses 
agreement with the authorized user (including any contractors or 
business associates described in the definition of authorized user) as 
a pre-condition to providing or selling de-identified analyses. Such 
non-public analyses agreement must contain the following provisions:
    (1) The authorized user may not use the analyses or derivative data 
for the following purposes:
    (i) Marketing, as defined at Sec.  401.703(s).
    (ii) Harming or seeking to harm patients or other individuals both 
within and outside the healthcare system regardless of whether their 
data are included in the analyses.
    (iii) Effectuating or seeking opportunities to effectuate fraud 
and/or abuse in the healthcare system.
    (2) If the authorized user is an employer as defined in Sec.  
401.703(k), the authorized user may only use the analyses or derivative 
data for purposes of providing health insurance to employees, retirees, 
or dependents of employees or retirees of that employer.
    (3)(i) At the qualified entity's discretion, it may permit an 
authorized user that is a provider as defined in Sec.  401.703(b) or a 
supplier as defined in Sec.  401.703(c), to re-disclose the de-
identified analyses or derivative data, as a covered entity will be 
permitted under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(i), or under 45 CFR 164.502(e)(1).
    (ii) All other uses and disclosures of such data and/or such non-
public

[[Page 44481]]

analyses is forbidden except to the extent a disclosure qualifies as a 
``required by law'' disclosure.
    (4) If the authorized user is not a provider or supplier, the 
authorized user may not re-disclose or make public any non-public 
analyses or derivative data except as required by law.
    (5) The authorized user may not link the de-identified analyses to 
any other identifiable source of information and may not in any other 
way attempt to identify any individual whose de-identified data is 
included in the analyses.
    (6) The authorized user must notify the qualified entity of any DUA 
violations, and it must fully cooperate with the qualified entity's 
efforts to mitigate any harm that may result from such violations.

0
5. Section 401.717 is amended by adding paragraph (f) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  401.717  Provider and supplier requests for error correction.

* * * * *
    (f) A qualified entity must comply with the following requirements 
before disclosing non-public analyses, as defined at Sec.  401.716, 
which contain information that individually identifies a provider or 
supplier:
    (1) A qualified entity must confidentially notify a provider or 
supplier that non-public analyses that individually identify the 
provider or supplier are going to be released to an authorized user at 
least 65 calendar days before disclosing the analyses. This 
confidential notification must include a short summary of the analyses 
(including the measures calculated), the process for the provider or 
supplier to request the analyses, the authorized users receiving the 
analyses, and the date on which the qualified entity will release the 
analyses to the authorized user.
    (2) A qualified entity must allow providers and suppliers the 
opportunity to opt-in to the review and correction process as defined 
in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, anytime during the 65 
calendar days. If a provider or supplier chooses to opt-in to the 
review and correction process more than 5 days into the notification 
period, the time for the review and correction process is shortened 
from 60 days to the number of days between the provider or supplier 
opt-in date and the release date specified in the confidential 
notification.

0
6. Section 401.718 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  401.718  Dissemination of data.

    (a) General. Subject to the other requirements in this subpart, the 
requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and any other 
applicable laws or contractual agreements, a qualified entity may 
provide or sell combined data or provide Medicare data at no cost to 
authorized users defined at Sec.  401.703(b), (c), (m), and (n).
    (b) Data--(1) De-identification. Except as specified in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section, any data provided or sold by a qualified entity 
to an authorized user must be limited to beneficiary de-identified 
data. De-identification must be determined based on the de-
identification standards for HIPAA covered entities found at 45 CFR 
164.514(b).
    (2) Exception. If such disclosure will be consistent with all 
applicable laws, data that individually identifies a beneficiary may 
only be disclosed to a provider or supplier (as defined at Sec.  
401.703(b) and (c)) with whom the identifiable individuals in such data 
have a current patient relationship as defined at Sec.  401.703(r).
    (c) Data use agreement between a qualified entity and an authorized 
user. A qualified entity must contractually require an authorized user 
to comply with the requirements in Sec.  401.713(d) prior to providing 
or selling data to an authorized user under Sec.  401.718.

0
7. Section 401.719 is amended by adding paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) and 
(d)(5) to read as follows:


Sec.  401.719  Monitoring and sanctioning of qualified entities.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (3) Non-public analyses provided or sold to authorized users under 
this subpart, including the following information:
    (i) A summary of the analyses provided or sold, including--
    (A) The number of analyses.
    (B) The number of purchasers of such analyses.
    (C) The types of authorized users that purchased analyses.
    (D) The total amount of fees received for such analyses.
    (E) QE DUA or non-public analyses agreement violations.
    (ii) A description of the topics and purposes of such analyses.
    (iii) The number of analyses disclosed with unresolved requests for 
error correction.
    (4) Data provided or sold to authorized users under this subpart, 
including the following information:
    (i) The entities who received data.
    (ii) The basis under which each entity received such data.
    (iii) The total amount of fees received for providing, selling, or 
sharing the data.
    (iv) QE DUA violations.
* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (5) In the case of a violation, as defined at Sec.  401.703(t), of 
the CMS DUA or the QE DUA, CMS will impose an assessment on a qualified 
entity in accordance with the following:
    (i) Amount of assessment. CMS will calculate the amount of the 
assessment of up to $100 per individual entitled to, or enrolled for, 
benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act or 
enrolled for benefits under Part B of such title whose data was 
implicated in the violation based on the following:
    (A) Basic factors. In determining the amount per impacted 
individual, CMS takes into account the following:
    (1) The nature and the extent of the violation.
    (2) The nature and the extent of the harm or potential harm 
resulting from the violation.
    (3) The degree of culpability and the history of prior violations.
    (B) Criteria to be considered. In establishing the basic factors, 
CMS considers the following circumstances:
    (1) Aggravating circumstances. Aggravating circumstances include 
the following:
    (i) There were several types of violations occurring over a lengthy 
period of time.
    (ii) There were many of these violations or the nature and 
circumstances indicate a pattern of violations.
    (iii) The nature of the violation had the potential or actually 
resulted in harm to beneficiaries.
    (2) Mitigating circumstances. Mitigating circumstances include the 
following:
    (i) All of the violations subject to the imposition of an 
assessment were few in number, of the same type, and occurring within a 
short period of time.
    (ii) The violation was the result of an unintentional and 
unrecognized error and the qualified entity took corrective steps 
immediately after discovering the error.
    (C) Effects of aggravating or mitigating circumstances. In 
determining the amount of the assessment to be imposed under paragraph 
(d)(5)(i)(A) of this section:
    (1) If there are substantial or several mitigating circumstance, 
the aggregate amount of the assessment is set at an amount sufficiently 
below the maximum permitted by paragraph (d)(5)(i)(A) of this section 
to reflect the mitigating circumstances.

[[Page 44482]]

    (2) If there are substantial or several aggravating circumstances, 
the aggregate amount of the assessment is set at an amount at or 
sufficiently close to the maximum permitted by paragraph (d)(5)(i)(A) 
of this section to reflect the aggravating circumstances.
    (D) The standards set for the qualified entity in this paragraph 
are binding, except to the extent that--
    (1) The amount imposed is not less than the approximate amount 
required to fully compensate the United States, or any State, for its 
damages and costs, tangible and intangible, including but not limited 
to the costs attributable to the investigation, prosecution, and 
administrative review of the case.
    (2) Nothing in this section limits the authority of CMS to settle 
any issue or case as provided by part 1005 of this title or to 
compromise any assessment as provided by paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(E) of 
this section.
    (ii) Notice of determination. CMS must propose an assessment in 
accordance with this paragraph (d)(5), by notifying the qualified 
entity by certified mail, return receipt requested. Such notice must 
include the following information:
    (A) The assessment amount.
    (B) The statutory and regulatory bases for the assessment.
    (C) A description of the violations upon which the assessment was 
proposed.
    (D) Any mitigating or aggravating circumstances that CMS considered 
when it calculated the amount of the proposed assessment.
    (E) Information concerning response to the notice, including:
    (1) A specific statement of the respondent's right to a hearing in 
accordance with procedures established at Section 1128A of the Act and 
implemented in 42 CFR part 1005.
    (2) A statement that failure to respond within 60 days renders the 
proposed determination final and permits the imposition of the proposed 
assessment.
    (3) A statement that the debt may be collected through an 
administrative offset.
    (4) In the case of a respondent that has an agreement under section 
1866 of the Act, notice that imposition of an exclusion may result in 
termination of the provider's agreement in accordance with section 
1866(b)(2)(C) of the Act.
    (F) The means by which the qualified entity may pay the amount if 
they do not intend to request a hearing.
    (iii) Failure to request a hearing. If the qualified entity does 
not request a hearing within 60 days of receipt of the notice of 
proposed determination, any assessment becomes final and CMS may impose 
the proposed assessment.
    (A) CMS notifies the qualified entity, by certified mail with 
return receipt requested, of any assessment that has been imposed and 
of the means by which the qualified entity may satisfy the judgment.
    (B) The qualified entity has no right to appeal an assessment for 
which the qualified entity has not requested a hearing.
    (iv) When an assessment is collectible. An assessment becomes 
collectible after the earliest of the following:
    (A) Sixty (60) days after the qualified entity receives CMS's 
notice of proposed determination under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this 
section, if the qualified entity has not requested a hearing.
    (B) Immediately after the qualified entity abandons or waives its 
appeal right at any administrative level.
    (C) Thirty (30) days after the qualified entity receives the ALJ's 
decision imposing an assessment under Sec.  1005.20(d) of this title, 
if the qualified entity has not requested a review before the DAB.
    (D) Sixty (60) days after the qualified entity receives the DAB's 
decision imposing an assessment if the qualified entity has not 
requested a stay of the decision under Sec.  1005.22(b) of this title.
    (v) Collection of an assessment. Once a determination by HHS has 
become final, CMS is responsible for the collection of any assessment.
    (A) The General Counsel may compromise an assessment imposed under 
this part, after consulting with CMS or OIG, and the Federal government 
may recover the assessment in a civil action brought in the United 
States district court for the district where the claim was presented or 
where the qualified entity resides.
    (B) The United States or a state agency may deduct the amount of an 
assessment when finally determined, or the amount agreed upon in 
compromise, from any sum then or later owing the qualified entity.
    (C) Matters that were raised or that could have been raised in a 
hearing before an ALJ or in an appeal under section 1128A(e) of the Act 
may not be raised as a defense in a civil action by the United States 
to collect an assessment.

0
8. Section 401.721 is amended by adding paragraph (a)(7) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  401.721  Terminating an agreement with a qualified entity.

    (a) * * *
    (7) Fails to ensure authorized users comply with their QE DUAs or 
analysis use agreements.
* * * * *

0
9. Section 401.722 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  401.722  Qualified clinical data registries.

    (a) A qualified clinical data registry that agrees to meet all the 
requirements in this subpart, with the exception of Sec.  401.707(d), 
may request access to Medicare data as a quasi qualified entity in 
accordance with such qualified entity program requirements.
    (b) Notwithstanding Sec.  401.703(q) (generally defining combined 
data), for purposes of qualified clinical data registries acting as 
quasi qualified entities under the qualified entity program 
requirements, combined data means, at a minimum, a set of CMS claims 
data provided under this subpart combined with clinical data or a 
subset of clinical data.

    Dated: June 22, 2016.
Andrew M. Slavitt,
Acting Administrator, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

    Dated: June 28, 2016.
Sylvia M. Burwell,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
[FR Doc. 2016-15708 Filed 7-1-16; 11:15 am]
 BILLING CODE 4120-01-P



                                               44456               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND                                 148). The implementing regulations,                   new provisions will be subject to an
                                               HUMAN SERVICES                                           which became effective January 6, 2012,               assessment if they or the authorized
                                                                                                        are found in subpart G of 42 CFR part                 users to whom they disclose patient-
                                               Centers for Medicare & Medicaid                          401 (76 FR 76542). Under those                        identifiable data in the form of analyses
                                               Services                                                 provisions, CMS provides standardized                 or raw data act in a manner that violates
                                                                                                        extracts of Medicare Part A and B claims              the terms of a program–required
                                               42 CFR Part 401                                          data and Part D drug event data                       Qualified Entity Data Use Agreement
                                               [CMS–5061–F]
                                                                                                        (hereinafter collectively referred to as              (QE DUA). Furthermore, qualified
                                                                                                        Medicare claims data) covering one or                 entities that make analyses or data
                                               RIN 0938–AS66                                            more geographic regions to qualified                  available under these new provisions
                                                                                                        entities at a fee equal to the cost of                will be subject to new annual reporting
                                               Medicare Program: Expanding Uses of                      producing the data. Under the original                requirements to aid CMS in monitoring
                                               Medicare Data by Qualified Entities                      statutory provisions, such Medicare                   compliance with the program
                                               AGENCY:  Centers for Medicare &                          claims data must be combined with                     requirements. These new annual
                                               Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.                            other non-Medicare claims data and                    reporting requirements will only apply
                                               ACTION: Final rule.
                                                                                                        may only be used to evaluate the                      to qualified entities that choose to
                                                                                                        performance of providers and suppliers.               provide or sell non-public analyses and/
                                               SUMMARY:   This final rule implements                    The measures, methodologies and                       or provide or sell combined data, or
                                               requirements under Section 105 of the                    results that comprise such evaluations                provide Medicare claims data alone at
                                               Medicare Access and CHIP                                 are subject to review and correction by               no cost.
                                               Reauthorization Act of 2015 that expand                  the subject providers and suppliers,                    We believe these changes to the
                                               how qualified entities may use and                       after which the results are to be                     qualified entity program will be
                                               disclose data under the qualified entity                 disseminated in public reports.                       important in driving higher quality,
                                               program to the extent consistent with                       Those wishing to become qualified                  lower cost care in Medicare and the
                                               applicable program requirements and                      entities are required to apply to the                 health system in general. We also
                                               other applicable laws, including                         program. Currently, fourteen                          believe that these changes will increase
                                               information, privacy, security and                       organizations have applied and received               interest in the qualified entity program,
                                               disclosure laws. This rule also explains                 approval to be a qualified entity. Of                 leading to more transparency regarding
                                               how qualified entities may create non-                   these organizations, two have completed               provider and supplier performance and
                                               public analyses and provide or sell such                 public reporting while the other twelve               innovative uses of data that will result
                                               analyses to authorized users, as well as                 are in various stages of preparing for                in improvements to the healthcare
                                               how qualified entities may provide or                    public reporting. While we have been                  delivery system while still ensuring
                                               sell combined data, or provide Medicare                  pleased with the participation in the                 appropriate privacy and security
                                               claims data alone at no cost, to certain                 program so far, we expect that the                    protections for beneficiary-identifiable
                                               authorized users. In addition, this rule                 changes required by MACRA will                        data.
                                               implements certain privacy and security                  increase interest in the program.
                                                                                                           Under section 105 of MACRA,                        II. Provisions of the Proposed
                                               requirements, and imposes assessments                                                                          Regulations and Responses to Public
                                                                                                        effective July 1, 2016, qualified entities
                                               on qualified entities if the qualified                                                                         Comments
                                                                                                        will be allowed to use the combined
                                               entity or the authorized user violates the                                                                        In the February 2, 2016 Federal
                                                                                                        data and information derived from the
                                               terms of a data use agreement required                                                                         Register (81 FR 5397), we published the
                                                                                                        evaluations described in 1874(e)(4)(D) of
                                               by the qualified entity program.                                                                               proposed rule entitled, ‘‘Expanding
                                                                                                        the Act to conduct non-public analyses
                                               DATES: These regulations are effective                   and provide or sell these analyses to                 Uses of Medicare Data by Qualified
                                               on September 6, 2016.                                    authorized users for non-public use in                Entities.’’ We provided a 60-day public
                                               FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                         accordance with the program                           comment period.
                                               Allison Oelschlaeger, (202) 690–8257.                    requirements and other applicable laws.                  In the proposed rule, to implement
                                               Kari Gaare, (410) 786–8612.                              In highlighting the need to comply with               the new statutory provisions of section
                                               SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                               other applicable laws, we particularly                105 of MACRA, we proposed to amend
                                                                                                        note that any qualified entity that is a              and make conforming changes to part
                                               I. Background                                                                                                  401, subpart G, ‘‘Availability of
                                                                                                        covered entity or business associate as
                                                  On April 16, 2015, the Medicare                       defined in the Health Insurance                       Medicare Data for Performance
                                               Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of                   Portability and Accountability Act of                 Measurement.’’ We received
                                               2015 (MACRA) (Pub. L. 114–10) was                        1996 (‘‘HIPAA’’) regulations at 45 CFR                approximately 50 comments on the
                                               enacted. The law included a provision,                   160.103 will need to ensure compliance                proposed rule from a wide variety of
                                               Section 105, Expanding the Availability                  with any applicable HIPAA                             individuals and organizations. Many of
                                               of Medicare Data, which takes effect on                  requirements, including the restriction               the comments were from providers or
                                               July 1, 2016. This section expands how                   on the sale of protected health                       suppliers, or organizations representing
                                               qualified entities will be allowed to use                information (PHI) without authorization               providers and suppliers. We also
                                               and disclose data under the qualified                    at 45 CFR 164.502(a)(5)(ii).                          received a number of comments from
                                               entity program, including data subject to                   In addition, qualified entities will be            organizations engaged in performance
                                               section 1874(e) of the Social Security                   permitted to provide or sell the                      measurement or data aggregation, some
                                               Act (the Act), to the extent consistent                  combined data, or provide the Medicare                of whom are already qualified entities
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               with other applicable laws, including                    claims data alone at no cost, again, in               and others who may apply to be
                                               information, privacy, security and                       accordance with the program                           qualified entities in the future. Other
                                               disclosure laws.                                         requirements and other applicable laws,               comments came from registries, state
                                                  The Qualified Entity program was                      to providers, suppliers, hospital                     Medicaid agencies, issuers, and
                                               established by Section 10332 of the                      associations, and medical societies.                  individuals.
                                               Patient Protection and Affordable Care                   Qualified entities that elect to provide                 Many of the comments were positive
                                               Act (Affordable Care Act) (Pub. L. 111–                  or sell analyses and/or data under these              and praised CMS for the proposed


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                        44457

                                               changes to the qualified entity program.                 are shared with authorized users, we do               data, but that this does not prevent the
                                               Commenters also had a range of                           not believe the statutory shield applies.             qualified entity from merging other data
                                               suggestions for changes to program                                                                             (for example, clinical, consumer, or
                                                                                                        1. Additional Analyses
                                               requirements around the provision or                                                                           socio-demographic data) with the
                                               sale of non-public analyses and data.                       In the proposed rule, we defined                   combined data for the development of
                                               We received a number of comments on                      combined data as a set of CMS claims                  non-public analyses.
                                               expanding the data available to                          data provided under subpart G                            Comment: Several commenters
                                               qualified entities to include claims data                combined with a subset of claims data                 suggested that CMS require qualified
                                               under Medicaid and the Children’s                        from at least one of the other claims data            entities to make public a list of the
                                               Health Insurance Program (CHIP). In                      sources described in § 401.707(d). We                 claims data it receives from CMS and
                                               addition, we received a number of                        did not propose to establish a minimum                the data it intends to combine with the
                                               comments on the disclosure of data to                    amount of data that must be included in               CMS claims data for non-public
                                               qualified clinical data registries for                   the combined data set from other                      analyses. One commenter suggested that
                                               quality improvement and patient safety                   sources.                                              this public release of information also
                                               activities.                                                 Comment: We received numerous                      include the percent of the cohort for
                                                 A more detailed summary of the                         comments on the definition of                         analysis that each source is
                                               public comments and our responses can                    combined data. Many commenters                        contributing.
                                               be found below in the appropriate                        recommended that CMS alter the                           Response: We are very committed to
                                               sections of this final rule.                             definition of combined data to allow                  greater data transparency and all
                                                                                                        qualified entities to combine the                     qualified entities are required to
                                               A. Non-Public Analyses                                   Medicare data with clinical data for the              publicly report on provider performance
                                                  In accordance with Section 105(a)(1)                  creation of non-public analyses. These                as part of their participation in the
                                               of MACRA, we proposed to allow for                       commenters stated that clinical data can              program. However, we do not see
                                               the qualified entity’s use of the                        help facilitate more appropriate                      significant value in requiring qualified
                                               combined data or information derived                     analyses of provider resource use than                entities to publicly report on the other
                                               from the evaluations described in                        just claims data alone. One commenter                 sources of data used in non-public
                                               section 1874(e)(4)(D) of the Act to create               suggested that the definition of                      analyses since the analyses themselves
                                               non-public analyses and provide for the                  combined data also include consumer,                  will not be released publicly.
                                               provision or sale of these analyses to                   socio-demographic, and other types of                    Comment: Several commenters stated
                                               authorized users in accordance with the                  patient and provider-level data. Other                that they supported the proposal not to
                                               program requirements discussed later in                  commenters suggested that CMS clarify                 establish a threshold for the minimum
                                               this section, as well as other applicable                that combined data must, at a minimum,                amount of data that must be included in
                                               laws.                                                    be comprised of CMS claims data                       the combined data set from other
                                                  Comment: Commenters generally                         merged with claims data from other                    sources.
                                               supported the proposal to allow                          sources, but other data may also be                      Response: We thank commenters for
                                               qualified entities to create non-public                  included in this combined data. One                   their support.
                                               analyses and either provide or sell these                commenter agreed with the proposed                       Comment: A few commenters
                                               analyses. One commenter suggested that                   definition of combined data.                          recommended that the requirement to
                                               CMS expressly state at § 401.716(a) that                    Response: Section 105(a)(1)(A) of                  use combined data not preclude
                                               qualified entities may provide or sell the               MACRA requires that the non-public                    Medicare-only analyses. These
                                               non-public analyses. Another                             analyses be based on the combined data                commenters stated that Medicare-only
                                               commenter recommended that CMS                           described in 1874(e)(4)(B)(iii) as ‘‘data             analyses such as segmenting provider
                                               clarify that the non-public analyses are                 made available under this subsection                  and supplier performance evaluations
                                               not subject to discovery or admittance                   with claims data from sources other                   by payer type or conducting
                                               into evidence in any judicial or                         than claims data under this title’’. Given            longitudinal analysis of differences in
                                               administrative proceeding.                               these statutory limitations, we do not                cost and quality for certain conditions
                                                  Response: We thank commenters for                     believe we can modify the definition of               by payer type would have significant
                                               their support of the provision or sale of                combined data.                                        value for many authorized users.
                                               non-public analyses. Since the intent of                    However, we do recognize the value                    Response: We recognize the value of
                                               this section is to allow qualified entities              of combining claims data with clinical                Medicare-only analyses, especially to
                                               to both provide and sell non-public                      data for the development of non-public                help providers and suppliers
                                               analyses in accordance with program                      analyses and believe the use of clinical              understand how quality and costs differ
                                               requirements and other applicable laws,                  data in non-public analyses can                       across their patient population. In
                                               we have made changes to the regulation                   significantly improve the value of these              addition, as the CMS Innovation Center
                                               text to expressly state as much.                         analyses to support quality and patient               continues to develop and test new
                                                  The statute, at 1874(e)(4)(D) of the                  improvement activities. Clinical data                 models of care, qualified entities may
                                               Act, explicitly states, ‘‘data released to               such as laboratory test results or                    play a role in conducting analyses to
                                               a qualified entity under this subsection                 radiology and pathology reports, can                  help providers and suppliers better
                                               shall not be subject to discovery or                     add useful information about a patient’s              manage patient outcomes and costs
                                               admission as evidence in judicial or                     chronic condition burden, health status,              under a different payment model. As a
                                               administrative proceedings without                       and other factors that are not available              result, we want to clarify that the
                                               consent of the applicable provider or                    in claims data. We can also see some                  requirement to use combined data does
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               supplier.’’ We believe this statutory                    value in combining consumer, socio-                   not prevent qualified entities from
                                               shield only applies to data released to                  demographic, and other types of patient               providing or selling analyses that allow
                                               the qualified entity under 1874(e) and                   and provider level data with the                      the authorized user to drill down by
                                               when that data is in the possession of                   Medicare data. As a result, we do want                payer type to Medicare-only results. For
                                               the qualified entity. Once the Medicare                  to clarify, that combined data requires at            example, a qualified entity may provide
                                               data is used to create non-public                        a minimum that the CMS claims data be                 or sell a provider a report that includes
                                               analyses and those non-public analyses                   combined with other sources of claims                 the provider’s overall score on certain


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44458               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               quality and resource use measures                        diseases or analysis fundamental for a                other claims data collected by the
                                               (using combined data) and then presents                  health plan issuer to enter a new                     qualified entity. For example, an issuer
                                               scores for each of these measures by                     market, that could not meet the                       could provide data for at least 50
                                               payer type (including a Medicare fee-                    proposed threshold. Finally, one                      percent of their covered lives for the
                                               for-service category).                                   commenter stated that CMS should                      time period and geographic region of the
                                                                                                        allow qualified entities discretion to                non-public analyses to a qualified
                                               2. Limitations on the Qualified Entities
                                                                                                        provide or sell analyses to health                    entity. The qualified entity could then
                                               With Respect to the Sale and Provision
                                                                                                        insurance issuers who have made a                     use a subset of that data, such as
                                               of Non-Public Analyses
                                                                                                        good faith commitment to providing the                patients with a specific rare disease,
                                                  In accordance with section 105(a)(1)                  qualified entity with claims data that                combine it with Medicare data for
                                               of MACRA, we proposed a number of                        represents a majority of the health                   patients with that rare disease, and
                                               limitations on qualified entities with                   insurance issuer’s covered lives by a                 provide or sell analyses about patients
                                               respect to the sale and provision of non-                certain future date.                                  with the rare disease to the issuer. We
                                               public analyses.                                            Response: As we stated in the                      would like to note, however, that
                                                  First, we proposed to limit qualified                 proposed rule, we considered not                      qualified entities will need to be careful
                                               entities to only providing or selling non-               applying a threshold on the amount of                 when producing analyses for issuers
                                               public analyses to issuers after the                     data being provided by the issuer, but                based on small populations and limited
                                               issuer provides the qualified entity with                decided that specifying a threshold                   claims data to ensure that the resulting
                                               claims data that represents a majority of                would encourage issuers to submit data                analyses truly are patient de-identified.
                                               the issuers’ covered lives in the                        to the qualified entity to be included in                We understand the desire to create an
                                               geographic region and during the time                    the public performance reports,                       exceptions process to allow issuers who
                                               frame of the non-public analyses                         increasing the reports’ reliability. We               do not contribute a majority of their
                                               requested by the issuer.                                 believe this rationale still applies, and             covered lives in the geographic region
                                                  Comment: Many commenters                              we still believe that there are a number              and during the timeframe of the non-
                                               supported the requirement of issuers to                  of situations where requiring the issuer              public analyses requested by the issuer
                                               submit data to the qualified entity in                   to provide 100 percent of their data for              to receive analyses. However, we
                                               order to receive analyses, but                           a given time period and geographic                    believe that imposing a standard
                                               commenters had differing                                 region is not feasible for the issuer.                threshold for issuer covered lives across
                                               recommendations on the threshold of a                    Based on comments, we revisited                       all qualified entities and issuers is the
                                               majority of the issuers’ covered lives. A                whether, on balance, requiring issuers to             simplest and least administratively
                                               number of commenters stated that CMS                     submit data that represents a majority of             burdensome method to ensure equal
                                               should not impose a threshold on the                     their covered lives in the geographic                 treatment of qualified entities and
                                               amount of data issuers must submit to                    region and during the time frame of the               issuers under this program.
                                               a qualified entity to receive analyses.                  non-public analyses requested by the                     We also understand the interest in
                                               These commenters stated that the                         issuer is generally the most appropriate              allowing qualified entities to provide or
                                               responsibility to ensure appropriate                     threshold. In doing so, we recognized                 sell analyses to health insurance issuers
                                               sample size for analyses should rest                     that in some cases an issuer may wish                 who have made a good faith
                                               with the qualified entity. However,                      to have analyses for a geographic region              commitment to provide the qualified
                                               another commenter recommended that                       where it does not provide coverage.                   entity with claims data for the majority
                                               CMS require an issuer to provide the                     However, we believe that in those                     of their covered lives in the geographic
                                               qualified entity with data on all of its                 instances the issuer should not be able               region and during the time frame of the
                                               covered lives for the geographic region                  to receive analyses due to the                        non-public analyses requested by the
                                               and during the time frame of the non-                    requirement at section 105(a)(1)(B)(ii) of            issuer. However, we believe that this
                                               public analyses requested. This                          MACRA, that a qualified entity may                    type of policy could reduce the
                                               commenter stated that requiring 100                      only provide or sell analyses to issuers              incentives for issuers to share their data
                                               percent of an issuer’s covered lives                     that have provided the qualified entity               with the qualified entity.
                                               would allow for more complete                            with data. Therefore, we are modifying                   Comment: Several commenters
                                               analyses. One commenter supported the                    our proposed requirement around the                   recommended that CMS provide
                                               threshold of the majority of an issuers                  issuer’s claims data submission                       additional clarity around the
                                               covered lives, but stated that CMS                       threshold to clarify that qualified                   requirements for issuers’ claims data
                                               should allow a health insurance issuer                   entities may not provide or sell analyses             submissions to the qualified entity. One
                                               to request a non-public analysis for a                   to issuers when the analyses include                  commenter stated that qualified entities
                                               geographic region outside the issuer’s                   geographic areas where the issuer does                should be allowed to meet the covered
                                               area of coverage, provided the issuer                    not offer coverage.                                   lives threshold regardless of whether
                                               supplies claims data for a majority of                      We would like to clarify, however,                 they have obtained the claims
                                               the covered lives for the time period                    that the requirement that an issuer                   information directly from the issuer or
                                               requested in all regions where it                        provide the qualified entity with claims              indirectly from a third party. Several
                                               provides coverage. This commenter                        data for at least 50 percent of its covered           commenters recommended that CMS
                                               noted that analyses for other geographic                 lives for the time period and geographic              provide additional details on the term
                                               regions may be beneficial to smaller,                    region covered by the analyses does not               covered lives to clarify how this would
                                               regional health insurance issuers                        mean that all analyses provided or sold               be assessed in certain circumstances,
                                               interested in cost and utilization in a                  to the issuer would need to be based on               such as when an issuer is a secondary
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               comparable region or looking to expand                   analyses that considered at least 50                  payer or a member is not enrolled for a
                                               their areas of coverage. Another                         percent of the issuers’ covered lives. So             full year.
                                               commenter supported the threshold, but                   long as Medicare data is combined with                   Response: Qualified entities may only
                                               recommended that CMS create an                           other claims data to create the analyses,             provide or sell analyses to an issuer if
                                               exceptions process for cases where                       certain analyses, such as those on rare               it receives claims data from the issuer.
                                               legitimate and important analyses, such                  diseases, could be based only on a                    Such data can be provided directly by
                                               as identifying providers treating orphan                 subset of the Medicare claims data and                the issuer, or it can be submitted on the


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44459

                                               issuer’s behalf by an issuer’s business                  unless the recipient is the patient’s                 identified at the time of the analysis or
                                               associate. Regardless, the qualified                     provider or supplier. One commenter                   whether the analysis itself has to be de-
                                               entity is responsible for ensuring that                  suggested that CMS allow other                        identified at the time it is shared with
                                               the issuer or the issuer’s business                      authorized users to receive patient-                  an authorized user.
                                               associate is truly providing the qualified               identifiable analyses, stating that                      Response: We thank the commenter
                                               entity with claims data for a majority of                patient-identifiable data will be equally             for noting this technical issue and have
                                               the issuer’s covered lives in the                        valuable to the additional proposed                   fixed the reference to § 401.716(b)(2).
                                               geographic region and during the                         authorized users, and that patients can               We would also like to clarify that the
                                               timeframe of the non-public analyses                     also directly benefit from the sharing of             data used by the qualified entity to
                                               requested by the issuer.                                 patient-identifiable data beyond                      conduct the analyses does not need to
                                                  We recognize the desire to allow use                  suppliers and providers.                              be de-identified, but the analyses must
                                               of data from other sources to meet the                      Response: We thank commenters for                  be patient de-identified before they are
                                               issuer’s claims submission threshold.                    their support. While we can see some                  shared with or sold to an authorized
                                               However, due to the statutory limits on                  advantages to sharing patient-                        user unless the recipient is the patient’s
                                               to whom the qualified entity may                         identifiable analyses with other types of             provider or supplier.
                                               release patient identifiable data, we do                 authorized users, the statutory language                 Comment: We received a number of
                                               not believe it would be possible for an                  at Section 105(a)(3)(B) of MACRA states               comments on the definition of a patient.
                                               issuer to ever verify whether the data                   that analyses may not contain any                     Many commenters stated that the time
                                               the qualified entity holds is                            information that individually identifies              period of 12 months for a face-to-face or
                                               representative of the majority of the                    a patient unless the analyses are                     telehealth appointment was not
                                               issuer’s covered lives in the applicable                 provided or sold to the patient’s                     sufficient. One commenter
                                               geographic region during the applicable                  provider or supplier. Given the statutory             recommended extending the period to
                                               time frame unless the issuer or its                      requirements, we are finalizing our                   18 months, while several other
                                               business associate was the source of                     proposal that patient-identifiable                    commenters suggested a timeframe of 24
                                               such data.                                               analyses should only be shared with the               months. These commenters noted that
                                                  Regarding the definition of covered                   patient’s provider or supplier.                       stabilized patients do not necessarily
                                               lives, we recognize that there is no                        Comment: Many commenters stated                    visit their physician every year. Another
                                               commonly accepted definition of                          that they agreed with the proposal to                 commenter suggested that a patient be
                                               covered lives. We plan to rely on the                    use the de-identification standards in                defined as an individual who has
                                               methods of calculating covered lives                     the HIPAA Privacy Rule. However, one                  visited the provider or supplier at least
                                               established in regulations promulgated                   commenter suggested that CMS modify                   once during the timeframe for which the
                                               by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) in                 the HIPAA de-identification standards                 analysis is being conducted.
                                               December of 2012. These regulations at                   to allow inclusion of full patient five-                 Response: We acknowledge that
                                               26 CFR 46.4375–1(c)(2) offer issuers                     digit zip code without population                     healthy patients may not visit a provider
                                               four methods for calculating the average                 thresholds and inclusion of the month                 or supplier every year. As a result, we
                                               number of lives covered under a                          element for all dates directly related to             are changing the definition of a patient
                                               specified health insurance policy—(1)                    a patient, including date of death but                to have a timeframe of the past 24
                                               the actual count method, (2) the                         excepting date of birth. This commenter               months for a face-to-face or telehealth
                                               snapshot method, (3) the member                          stated that this additional information               appointment.
                                               months method, and (4) the state form                    would empower providers and                              Comment: One commenter
                                               method—and provide both the                              suppliers to fully evaluate their care and            recommended that the definition of a
                                               calculation method and an example for                    quality improvement efforts on a timely               patient be expanded beyond an
                                               each of the four methods for counting                    and ongoing basis with insight into                   affiliation with a provider or supplier to
                                               covered lives. These calculations all                    geographic and temporal factors and                   an affiliation with an issuer, employer,
                                               only apply to health insurance policies                  patterns.                                             or state agency or any other authorized
                                               and we would like to clarify that the                       Response: The framework for de-                    user.
                                               calculation of covered lives for purposes                identification that is described in the                  Response: As noted above, we believe
                                               of the qualified entity program does not                 HIPAA Privacy Rule represents an                      Section 105(a)(3)(B) of MACRA only
                                               include dental, disability, or life                      industry standard for de-identification               permits patient-identifiable information
                                               insurance policies. We have modified                     of health information. Additional                     to be shared by a qualified entity with
                                               the regulatory text at § 401.716(b)(1) to                information on the HIPAA de-                          the patient’s provider or supplier.
                                               refer directly to the IRS regulations.                   identification standards can be found on                 Third, we proposed to bar qualified
                                                  Second, we proposed that except                       the HHS Office for Civil Rights Web site              entities’ disclosure of non-public
                                               when patient-identifiable non-public                     at http://www.hhs.gov/hipaa/for-                      analyses that individually identify a
                                               analyses are shared with the patient’s                   professionals/privacy/special-topics/de-              provider or supplier unless: (a) The
                                               provider or supplier, all non-public                     identification/index.html. We believe                 analysis only individually identifies the
                                               analyses must be patient de-identified                   that modifying this framework for the                 singular recipient of the analysis or (b)
                                               using the de-identification standards in                 purposes of the qualified entity program              each provider or supplier who is
                                               the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR                         would be likely to create confusion                   individually identified in a non-public
                                               164.514(b). Additional information on                    among qualified entities and authorized               analysis that identifies multiple
                                               the HIPAA de-identification standards                    users, many of whom are or will be                    providers/suppliers has been afforded
                                               can be found on the HHS Office for Civil                 HIPAA covered entities or their                       an opportunity to review the aspects of
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               Rights Web site at http://www.hhs.gov/                   business associates.                                  the analysis about them, and, if
                                               hipaa/for-professionals/privacy/special-                    Comment: One commenter noted a                     applicable, request error correction. We
                                               topics/de-identification/index.html. We                  technical issue at § 401.716(b)(3) where              describe the proposed appeal and error
                                               also proposed a definition for patient.                  the text inappropriately referenced                   correction process in more detail in
                                                  Comment: Many commenters stated                       § 401.716(c)(2). One commenter                        section II.A.4 below.
                                               that they agreed with CMS’ proposal                      suggested CMS clarify whether the data                   Comment: Several commenters
                                               that analyses must be de-identified                      used in the analysis needs to be de-                  recommended that providers and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44460               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               suppliers should not have the                            believe that the decision about who                      Comment: One commenter suggested
                                               opportunity to review and request error                  should be able to receive analyses that               that CMS implement a process to
                                               correction for analyses that individually                individually identify a provider or                   proactively educate providers and
                                               identify the provider or supplier. These                 supplier without such review and                      suppliers regarding the review,
                                               commenters noted in particular that                      opportunity to correct should rest with               corrections, and appeals process for
                                               analyses identifying fraud or abuse                      the individual provider or supplier. As               non-public analyses.
                                               should not be reviewed by the provider                   a result, we are adding a third exception                Response: We believe that many
                                               in advance of being shared with the                      to the bar on disclosure of non-public                qualified entities that decide to disclose
                                               authorized user. One commenter                           analyses that individually identify a                 analyses that individually identify a
                                               suggested that a review and error                        provider or supplier to allow providers               provider or supplier will choose to do
                                               corrections process for non-public                       or suppliers to designate, in writing, the            an education campaign with providers
                                               reports only be triggered when a                         authorized user(s) that may receive                   and suppliers in their region to ensure
                                               provider or supplier is individually                     analyses from the qualified entity                    that any necessary review and error
                                               identified and his or her performance is                 without first giving the provider or                  correction processes go smoothly. This
                                               evaluated in the manner described in                     supplier individually identified in the               will allow the qualified entity to build
                                               section 1874(e)(4)(C). Another                           analysis/es the opportunity to review                 a direct relationship with the provider
                                               commenter recommended that when a                        the analyses, and, if applicable, request             or supplier. In addition, since providers
                                               group of providers are identified as part                error correction.                                     and suppliers are one of the types of
                                               of a practice group (that is, part of the                   Comment: One commenter                             authorized users that qualified entities
                                               same Tax Identification Number), and                     recommended that CMS add clarity to                   can provide or sell non-public analyses
                                               prior consent by the providers has been                  what it means to ‘‘individually identify’’            and data to, we believe that qualified
                                               obtained, the practice group should be                   a provider or supplier and stated that                entities will proactively attempt to build
                                               considered the entity that can receive                   the definition should indicate that to                strong relationships with the provider
                                               analyses for the individual providers in                 individually identify means to use                    and supplier community in their region.
                                               the practice.                                            direct identifiers such as name or                    As a result, while we see a small role
                                                  Response: We believe that Section                     provider number for a provider or                     for CMS to play in educating providers
                                               105(a)(6) of MACRA requires that                         supplier that is an individual person.                and suppliers about the review and
                                               qualified entities allow providers and                   This commenter suggested that naming                  error correction process through our
                                               suppliers an opportunity to review                                                                             usual provider outreach channels, we
                                                                                                        a physician group or clinic that is not
                                               analyses that individually identify the                                                                        believe qualified entities will play the
                                                                                                        itself a provider or supplier (but that
                                               provider or supplier and, if necessary,                                                                        main role in provider and supplier
                                                                                                        may be comprised of individual
                                               and, when needed, request error                                                                                education about the review, corrections,
                                                                                                        providers or suppliers) would not count
                                               correction in the analyses. In addition,                                                                       and appeals process.
                                                                                                        as individually identifying a provider or                Comment: Several commenters
                                               regardless of the statutory requirements,
                                                                                                        supplier. Another commenter suggested                 suggested additional limitations that
                                               we believe that providers and suppliers
                                                                                                        that the review and corrections process               CMS should impose on qualified
                                               should not be evaluated by a qualified
                                                                                                        only apply to the entity that the                     entities with respect to the disclosure of
                                               entity without having a chance to
                                                                                                        analyses focus on. For example, if the                non-public analyses. One commenter
                                               review and, when needed, request error
                                                                                                        qualified entity is conducting analyses               recommended that CMS require
                                               correction in the analyses. For example,
                                               it would not be fair for an issuer to                    of episodes of care for patients with                 qualified entities to provide authorized
                                               move a provider to a different network                   joint replacement at a given hospital,                users with a detailed methodology of
                                               tier based on analyses that did not                      the analyses may include findings on                  statistical analyses to ensure their
                                               correctly attribute patients to that                     many different providers and suppliers,               validity. This commenter also stated
                                               provider. We recognize that the review                   such as surgeons, skilled nursing                     that CMS should require qualified
                                               and corrections process may lead to                      facilities, home health agencies, and                 entities to follow an appropriate
                                               some limitations in the development of                   others. In this case, the commenter                   methodology in attributing costs to
                                               certain types of analyses, such as those                 recommended that only the hospital be                 providers. Another commenter
                                               identifying fraud and abuse. However,                    given the opportunity to review and                   suggested that evaluations of physician
                                               we believe that creating different                       request correction of errors.                         performance should be required to have
                                               standards for different types of analyses                   Response: Regardless of whether they               data from at least two sources.
                                               would be too administratively complex                    are an individual clinician, group                       Response: With regard to the
                                               to implement, and could create tensions                  practice, or facility and regardless of               suggestions around statistical validity
                                               between providers and suppliers and                      whether they are the direct subject of                and cost attribution, we believe that
                                               qualified entities over whether an                       the report, we believe section 105(a)(6)              these are issues that the qualified entity
                                               analysis warranted review by the                         of MACRA requires that qualified                      should discuss directly with the
                                               provider or supplier before it was                       entities allow providers and suppliers                authorized user who is receiving or
                                               shared with an authorized user.                          the opportunity to review and request                 purchasing the analyses. We expect that
                                                  However, we recognize that in many                    correction of errors in analyses that                 most, if not all, authorized users will
                                               cases providers or suppliers may wish                    identify the provider or supplier. Group              expect the qualified entity to include
                                               to allow certain authorized users to                     practice and facility-level providers and             some description of the methodology for
                                               receive analyses without the need for a                  suppliers, as well as those indirectly                the analyses along with the report, but
                                               review process. For example, clinicians                  evaluated in analyses, face as much                   that the level of detail and content
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               that are part of a group practice may                    reputational harm from the                            needed by each authorized user may
                                               want to allow their practice manager,                    dissemination of incorrect information                vary. In addition, authorized users may
                                               who may be functioning as the                            about care delivery and costs as                      have different ideas about the most
                                               clinician’s business associate, to receive               individual clinicians or those directly               appropriate method for cost attribution
                                               analyses without first going through a                   evaluated in the analyses. We have                    and we believe that they should be able
                                               provider/supplier review or being                        added language to clarify this                        to work with the qualified entity to
                                               subject to a request for correction. We                  requirement at § 401.716(b)(4).                       make a determination for how to


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44461

                                               attribute costs to providers and                         marketing (see section 105(a)(3)(c) of                provided or sold to an employer may
                                               suppliers. On the issue of requiring at                  MACRA). We proposed additional                        only be used by the employer for the
                                               least two sources of data, we believe                    limits on the non-public analyses, given              purposes of providing health insurance
                                               that section 105(a)(1)(A) of MACRA                       the expansive types of non-public                     to employees and retirees of the
                                               requires that the non-public analyses be                 analyses that could be conducted by the               employer. We also further proposed that
                                               based on the combined data described                     qualified entities if no limits are placed            if the qualified entity is providing or
                                               in 1874(e)(4)(B)(iii) as ‘‘data made                     on such analyses, and the potential                   selling non-public analyses to an
                                               available under this subsection with                     deleterious consequences of some such                 employer that this requirement be
                                               claims data from sources other than                      analyses.                                             included in the non-public analyses
                                               claims data under this title’’.                             First, we proposed that the non-public             agreement. We did not receive any
                                                                                                        analyses agreement require that non-                  comments on this proposal, so are
                                               3. Limitations on the Authorized User                    public analyses conducted using                       finalizing it without modification.
                                                  We proposed to require the qualified                  combined data or the information                         We also proposed to require qualified
                                               entity’s use of legally binding                          derived from the evaluations described                entities to include in the non-public
                                               agreements with any authorized users to                  in section 1874(e)(4)(D) of the Act may               analysis agreement a requirement to
                                               whom it provides or sells non-public                     not be used or disclosed for the                      limit re-disclosure of non-public
                                               analyses. For non-public analyses that                   following purposes: Marketing, harming                analyses or derivative data to instances
                                               only include patient de-identified data,                 or seeking to harm patients and other                 in which the authorized user is a
                                               we proposed to require the qualified                     individuals both within and outside the               provider or supplier, and the re-
                                               entity to enter into a contractually                     healthcare system regardless of whether               disclosure is as a covered entity would
                                               binding non-public analyses agreement                    their data are included in the analyses               be permitted under 45 CFR
                                               with any authorized users as a pre-                      (for example, an employer using the                   164.506(c)(4)(i) or 164.502(e)(1).
                                               condition to providing or selling such                   analyses to attempt to identify and fire              Accordingly, a provider or supplier may
                                               non-public analyses.                                     employees with high healthcare costs),                only re-disclose -identifiable health
                                                  Comment: Several commenters stated                    or effectuating or seeking opportunities              information to a covered entity for the
                                               that they supported the use of a legally                 to effectuate fraud and/or abuse in the               purposes of the covered entity’s quality
                                               binding agreement between the                            healthcare system (for example, a                     assessment and improvement or for the
                                               qualified entity and the authorized user.                provider using the analyses to identify               purposes of care coordination activities,
                                               One commenter suggested that CMS                         ways to submit fraudulent claims that                 where that entity has a patient
                                               develop a standard non-public analyses                   might not be caught by auditing                       relationship with the individual who is
                                               agreement for qualified entities to use                  software). We also proposed to adopt                  the subject of the information, or to a
                                               with authorized users.                                   the definition of marketing at 45 CFR                 business associate of such a covered
                                                  Response: We thank commenters for                     164.501 in the HIPAA Privacy Rule.                    entity under a written contract. We also
                                               their support of this proposal. We                          Comment: Many commenters stated                    generally proposed to require qualified
                                               believe that many qualified entities will                that they supported the proposed                      entities to use a non-public analyses
                                               have existing agreements with                            restrictions on the use of the non-public             agreement to explicitly bar authorized
                                               authorized users that cover the use and                  analyses. One commenter suggested that                users that are not providers or suppliers
                                               disclosure of analyses related to their                  CMS provide greater clarification on                  from re-disclosure of the non-public
                                               claims data from other sources. While                    what would constitute harm to patients                analyses or any derivative data except to
                                               there may be some value in providing                     and other individuals both within and                 the extent a disclosure qualifies as a
                                               organizations new to this type of work                   outside the healthcare system. This                   ‘‘required by law’’ disclosure.
                                               a template for the agreement, we believe                 commenter suggested that harm should                     Comment: Several commenters
                                               that qualified entities would be better                  include activities that would create                  suggested that authorized users be
                                               served by engaging with their own legal                  overly tiered networks that could                     allowed to re-disclose analyses in order
                                               counsel to ensure the agreement meets                    exclude high quality providers, as well               to publish research findings provided
                                               their specific needs.                                    as efforts to limit patient access to                 the analyses do not individually
                                                  For non-public analyses that include                  certain treatments or drugs or steer                  identify a provider. These commenters
                                               patient identifiable data, we proposed to                patients to certain practices based solely            noted that public health interests can be
                                               require the qualified entity to enter into               on cost.                                              served by allowing the disclosure of
                                               a qualified entity Data Use Agreement                       Response: We thank commenters for                  research findings to the public. One
                                               (QE DUA) with any authorized users as                    their support of the restrictions on the              commenter recommended allowing
                                               a pre-condition to providing or selling                  use of the analyses. On further                       broad re-disclosure of analyses when
                                               such non-public analyses. As we also                     consideration, we agree that the                      the information is beneficiary de-
                                               proposed to require use of the QE DUA                    industry may benefit from additional                  identified, stating that this is necessary
                                               in the context of the provision or sale                  guidance regarding these restrictions.                to reduce cost and improve patient care
                                               of combined data, or the provision of                    Therefore, we anticipate providing                    across the healthcare system. Several
                                               Medicare data at no cost, we discuss our                 additional sub-regulatory guidance on                 commenters suggested that authorized
                                               proposals related to the QE DUA and                      the standards adopted in this rule for                users be allowed to re-disclose analyses
                                               associated comments in the data                          the Qualified Entity Certification                    for the purposes of developing products
                                               disclosure discussion in section II.B                    Program Web site at https://                          or services, such as analytic tools,
                                               below.                                                   www.qemedicaredata.org/SitePages/                     algorithms, and other innovations for
                                                                                                        home.aspx.                                            improving health outcomes.
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               Requirements in the Non-Public                              As we did not receive any comments                    Response: The statutory language at
                                               Analyses Agreement                                       on the proposed definition of marketing,              section 105(a)(5) of MACRA states that
                                                 The statute generally allows qualified                 we will finalize the definition without               authorized users may not re-disclose or
                                               entities to provide or sell their non-                   modification.                                         make public any analyses, with the
                                               public analyses to authorized users for                     Second, in accordance with section                 exception of allowing providers and
                                               non-public use, but it bars use or                       105(a)(1)(B)(i) of MACRA, we proposed                 suppliers to re-disclose analyses, as
                                               disclosure of such analyses for                          to require that any non-public analyses               determined by the Secretary, for the


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44462               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               purposes of care coordination and                        and recommended options to make the                   the needs of a provider or supplier and,
                                               performance improvement activities. As                   process less burdensome. However,                     as a result, the provider or supplier will
                                               a result, we are finalizing the proposed                 other commenters focused on the need                  choose not to opt-in to the review and
                                               language on re-disclosure of analyses                    for providers and suppliers to have                   correction process, reducing the
                                               without modification. However, we                        enough time to ensure the analyses are                paperwork and resource burden for both
                                               would like to note that CMS currently                    accurate.                                             the qualified entity and the provider/
                                               makes data available to researchers                         Several commenters suggested                       supplier. In addition, where the
                                               outside of this qualified entity program,                provider or supplier notification as the              analyses are similar to previous analyses
                                               including those interested in developing                 first step for review of non-public                   or use data the provider or supplier has
                                               products or tools. Individuals and                       analyses. One commenter recommended                   already corrected, the provider or
                                               organizations interested in accessing                    creating an alternative approach to                   supplier may also choose not to review
                                               CMS data for research purposes should                    individualized appeals, such as an                    the analyses.
                                               visit the Research Data Assistance                       accreditation process. Another                          Under this procedural step, a
                                               Center (ResDAC) at www.resdac.org for                    commenter suggested that when a non-                  qualified entity must confidentially
                                               more information.                                        public analysis is released to one or                 notify a provider or supplier that non-
                                                  Fourth, we proposed to require                        more authorized users, or when a non-                 public analyses that individually
                                               qualified entities to impose a legally                   public analysis is subsequently used for              identify the provider or supplier are
                                               enforceable bar on the authorized user’s                 a public report, the qualified entity need            going to be released at least 65 calendar
                                               linking de-identified analyses (or data or               only provide an opportunity for the                   days before disclosing the analyses to
                                               analyses derived from such non-public                    provider or supplier to have reviewed                 the authorized user. The first five days
                                               analyses) to any other identifiable                      and, if necessary, requested error                    of the 65 day period is intended to allow
                                               source of information or in any other                    correction once before the initial release            time to notify the provider or supplier,
                                               way attempting to identify any                           of the analysis. Another commenter                    and to allow them time to respond to
                                               individual whose de-identified data is                   recommended that providers and                        the qualified entity. The next sixty days
                                               included in the analyses or any                          suppliers only be given one chance to                 are reflective of the sixty day review
                                               derivative data.                                         request error correction of the                       period in § 401.717(a) through (e). The
                                                  Comment: One commenter stated that                    underlying data, after which the data                 confidential notification about the non-
                                               an authorized user should be allowed to                  could be used in any future non-public                public analyses should include a short
                                               link the analyses that contain patient                   analyses.                                             summary of the analyses (which must
                                               identifiers or any derivative data with                     A few commenters suggested that a
                                                                                                                                                              include the measures being calculated,
                                               other sources when this information is                   60-day period to review the analyses
                                                                                                                                                              but does not have to include the
                                               limited to their own patients.                           may not be sufficient. On the other
                                                                                                        hand, several commenters suggested a                  methodologies and measure results), the
                                                  Response: We would like to highlight
                                                                                                        30-day review period for non-public                   process for the provider or supplier to
                                               that the restriction on linking analyses
                                                                                                        analyses, while another commenter                     request the analyses, the authorized
                                               only applies to de-identified analyses.
                                                                                                        suggested giving providers and                        users receiving the analyses, and the
                                               To the extent providers and suppliers
                                                                                                        suppliers an ongoing right to review the              date on which the qualified entity will
                                               are receiving identifiable information on
                                                                                                        analyses and request error correction.                release the analyses to the authorized
                                               their own patients, the restriction on
                                                                                                           Response: We appreciate commenters’                users. This notification can cover
                                               linking to any other identifiable source
                                                                                                        concerns about allowing providers and                 multiple non-public analyses that use
                                               of information does not apply.
                                                  Finally, we proposed to require                       suppliers the necessary time to review                different datasets and measures. The 65-
                                               qualified entities to use their non-public               analyses as well as the concerns about                day period begins on the date the
                                               analyses agreements to bind their non-                   the burden on qualified entities of                   qualified entity sends or emails the
                                               public analyses recipients to reporting                  implementing the public reporting                     notification to providers and suppliers.
                                               any violation of the terms of that non-                  review and corrections process for non-               As we presume some qualified entities
                                               public analyses agreement to the                         public analyses. However, as noted in                 may utilize National Provider Identifier
                                               qualified entity. We did not receive any                 the proposed rule, we also believe using              (NPI) data as a means of contacting
                                               comments on this proposal, so are                        the same process for review and error                 providers and suppliers, we would like
                                               finalizing it without modification.                      correction for both the non-public                    to use this opportunity to remind
                                                                                                        analyses and the public reports creates               providers and suppliers of the need to
                                               4. Confidential Opportunity To Review,                   continuity and a balance between the                  keep their NPI information up-to-date.
                                               Appeal, and Correct Analyses                             needs and interests of providers and                    At any point during this 65-day
                                                  In accordance, with section 105(a)(6)                 suppliers and those of the qualified                  period, the qualified entity must allow
                                               of MACRA, we proposed that the                           entities, authorized users, and the                   the provider or supplier to opt-in to the
                                               qualified entity must follow the                         public.                                               review and error correction process
                                               confidential review, appeal, and error                      That said, on further consideration,               established at § 401.717(a) through (e)
                                               correction requirements established at                   we believe that the addition of a                     and request copies of the analyses and,
                                               401.717(f) under section                                 procedural step whereby the qualified                 where applicable, access to the data
                                               1874(e)(4)(C)(ii) of the Act.                            entity would confidentially notify a                  used in the analyses, and to request the
                                                  Comment: We received a wide-                          provider or supplier about the non-                   correction of any errors in the analyses.
                                               ranging set of comments on the                           public analyses and give the provider or              However, if the provider or supplier
                                               proposed review and corrections                          supplier the opportunity to opt-in to the             chooses to opt-in to the review and
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               process. Several commenters supported                    review and error correction process                   correction process more than 5 days into
                                               the proposed review and corrections                      established at § 401.717(a) through (e) is            the notification period, the time for the
                                               process. Many commenters suggested                       both consistent with the statute and has              review and correction process is
                                               changes to the review process for non-                   the potential to reduce the burden on                 shortened from regulatory 60 days in
                                               public analyses. In general these                        both qualified entities and providers                 § 401.717(a) through (e) to the number
                                               commenters cited the burden of the                       and suppliers. In some cases,                         of days remaining between the provider
                                               proposed process for qualified entities                  notification may be sufficient to meet                or supplier opt-in date and the release


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44463

                                               date specified in the confidential                       Medicare claims data. In addition, in                 offer authorized users the opportunity to
                                               notification.                                            order to provide or sell combined data                request Medicare claims data. Qualified
                                                  We understand the desire to create an                 or Medicare data, section 105(a)(4) of                entities may choose to only offer
                                               alternative approach to individualized                   MACRA instructs the qualified entity to               authorized users the opportunity to
                                               appeals, such as an accreditation                        enter into a DUA with their intended                  receive or purchase combined data.
                                               process, however, we believe the                         data recipient(s).                                    Qualified entities may also choose not
                                               statutory language at Section 105(a)(6)                                                                        to allow authorized users to request data
                                               of MACRA requires that qualified                         1. General Requirements for Data
                                                                                                                                                              at all.
                                               entities allow providers and suppliers                   Dissemination                                            Comment: One commenter suggested
                                               an opportunity to review analyses that                      To implement the provisions in                     that CMS require qualified entities to
                                               individually identify the provider or                    Section 105(b) of MACRA, we proposed                  sell the combined data at a reasonable
                                               supplier and, if necessary, and, when                    to provide that, subject to other                     price which reflects their actual cost.
                                               needed, request error correction in the                  applicable laws (including applicable                    Response: We appreciate the
                                               analyses. In addition, as stated above,                  information, privacy, security and                    commenter’s interest in ensuring
                                               regardless of the statutory requirements,                disclosure laws) and certain defined                  qualified entities charge authorized
                                               we believe that providers and suppliers                  program requirements, including that                  users reasonable fees for combined data.
                                               should not be evaluated by a qualified                   the data be used only for non-public                  However, we believe that qualified
                                               entity without having a chance to                        purposes, a qualified entity may provide              entities should be allowed to determine
                                               review and, when needed, request error                   or sell combined data or provide                      the appropriate fee to charge authorized
                                               correction in the analyses.                              Medicare claims data at no cost to                    users for access to the combined data. If
                                                  Comment: One commenter                                certain authorized users, including                   qualified entities set their prices too
                                               recommended that qualified entities not                  providers of services, suppliers, medical             high authorized users have the choice of
                                               be allowed to provide or sell analyses to                societies, and hospital associations.                 not buying the data, or potentially
                                               an authorized use while an error                         Where a qualified entity is a HIPAA-                  obtaining the data from another
                                               correction request is outstanding.                       covered entity or is acting as a business             qualified entity with more reasonable
                                                  Response: We acknowledge the                          associate, compliance with other                      pricing.
                                               interest of providers and suppliers in                   applicable laws will include the need to                 Comment: One commenter
                                               ensuring that any analyses correctly                     ensure that it fulfills the requirements              recommended that CMS provide
                                               represent their care delivery patterns                   under the HIPAA Privacy Rule,                         additional clarity on the threshold for
                                               and costs. However, we are concerned                     including the restriction on the sale of              the amount of other data that must be
                                               that providers and suppliers may make                    PHI at 45 CFR 164.502(a)(5)(ii).                      combined with the Medicare data in
                                               spurious requests for error correction in                   Comment: Several commenters stated                 order for the qualified entity to sell the
                                               order to prevent the authorized user                     that CMS should provide additional                    combined data.
                                               from receiving the analyses. As a result,                clarity on the term no cost as it relates                Response: As discussed above, we
                                               we will maintain the provisions that                     to the provision of Medicare data. For                have not established a threshold for the
                                               allow qualified entities to release the                  example, commenters stated that                       amount of other data that must be
                                               non-public analyses after the 65-day                     qualified entities may wish to charge a               combined with the Medicare data. It is
                                               period regardless of the status of error                 fee for entering into a data use                      our expectation that qualified entities
                                               corrections. As with the public                          agreement with an authorized user, but                will use sufficient claims data from
                                               reporting, the qualified entity must                     then not charge for the data. In addition,            other sources to ensure validity and
                                               inform the authorized user if a request                  some of these commenters                              reliability.
                                               for error correction is outstanding when                 recommended that CMS allow qualified
                                               the analyses are delivered to the                        entities to recoup the costs associated               2. Limitations on the Qualified Entity
                                               authorized user, and, if applicable,                     with providing Medicare data at no cost.              Regarding Data Disclosure
                                               provide corrected analyses if corrections                These commenters stated that there is a                  In accordance with section 105(a)(2),
                                               are ultimately made.                                     cost associated with providing claims                 we proposed to place a number of
                                                                                                        data to authorized users, such as staff               limitations on the sale or provision of
                                               B. Dissemination of Data and the Use of                  time to create the data extract and                   combined data and the provision of
                                               QE DUAs for Data Dissemination and                       encrypt the file.                                     Medicare claims data by qualified
                                               Patient-Identifiable Non-Public                             Response: We understand that                       entities, including generally barring the
                                               Analyses                                                 qualified entities will face costs                    disclosure of patient-identifiable data
                                                 Subject to other applicable law,                       providing Medicare data to authorized                 obtained through the qualified entity
                                               section 105(a)(2) of MACRA expands                       users. However, section 105(a)(2)(C) of               program.
                                               the permissible uses and disclosures of                  MACRA expressly states that, if a                        Comment: Several commenters stated
                                               data by a qualified entity to include                    qualified entity were to elect to make                that CMS should provide additional
                                               providing or, where applicable, selling                  Medicare claims data available, such                  clarity around whether the data must go
                                               combined data for non-public use to                      data must be ‘‘provided’’ at no cost. We              through a review and corrections
                                               certain authorized users, including                      believe that the paperwork and                        process before it is disclosed to an
                                               providers of services, suppliers, medical                processing costs associated with                      authorized user. One commenter
                                               societies, and hospital associations for                 accepting and fulfilling Medicare claims              recommended that providers and
                                               use in developing and participating in                   data requests are an integral part of the             suppliers be allowed to review, appeal,
                                               quality and patient care improvement                     ‘‘provision’’ of data. As such, qualified             and correct the data before it is
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               activities. Section 105(a)(3)(B) of                      entities may not charge authorized users              disclosed.
                                               MACRA. Subject to the same limits, it                    for the Medicare data itself or any                      Response: Section 105(a)(6) of
                                               also permits a qualified entity to                       activity associated with requests for or              MACRA only requires a review and
                                               provide Medicare claims data for non-                    the fulfillment of Medicare data requests             corrections process when a qualified
                                               public use to these authorized users;                    (such as the processing of a data use                 entity is providing or selling an analysis
                                               however, a qualified entity may not                      agreement). However, we also note that                to an authorized user. While we
                                               charge a fee for providing such                          the qualified entity is not required to               understand that some providers and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44464               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               suppliers may wish to ensure that their                  this program prior to the provision or                   Response: As noted above, qualified
                                               data is correct before it is shared with                 sale of such data to an authorized user.              entities may have existing agreements
                                               an authorized user, we believe that this                   Comment: Several commenters stated                  with authorized users where all
                                               process would be very rigorous and                       that they agreed with the proposal to                 required QE DUA elements are covered,
                                               burdensome for the qualified entity and                  require qualified entities to bind                    and we are not requiring re-papering in
                                               would have little value for most                         authorized users who receive data to a                those instances. Furthermore, also as
                                               providers and suppliers.                                 DUA. One commenter recommended                        noted above, we believe that qualified
                                                  We proposed to require any combined                   that when the required ‘‘QE DUA’’ (the                entities without existing agreements
                                               data or Medicare claims data that is                     DUA between the Qualified Entity (QE)                 would be better served by engaging with
                                               provided to an authorized user by a                      and the Authorized User) provisions                   their own legal counsel to ensure the QE
                                               qualified entity under subpart G be                      already exist in another contract                     DUA meets their specific needs.
                                               beneficiary de-identified in accordance                  between the qualified entity and the                     As discussed above, we believe the
                                               with the de-identification standards in                  authorized user, the qualified entity                 statutory requirement that data not be
                                               the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR                         should not be required to re-paper those              subject to discovery or admitted into
                                               164.514(b). We also proposed an                          terms.                                                evidence without the provider or
                                               exception that would allow a qualified                     Response: We thank commenters for                   supplier’s consent only applies to data
                                               entity to provide or sell patient-                       their support of this proposal. In cases              released to the qualified entity under
                                               identifiable combined data and/or                        where all the terms of the QE DUA at                  1874(e) and when that data is in the
                                               provide patient-identifiable Medicare                    § 401.713(d) are contained in a                       possession of the qualified entity.
                                               claims data at no cost to an individual                  contractually binding agreement                          Regarding concerns about disclosure
                                               or entity that is a provider or supplier                 between the qualified entity and the                  of competitively sensitive information,
                                               if the provider or supplier has a patient                authorized user, we do not intend to                  qualified entities only receive Medicare
                                               relationship with every patient about                    require the qualified entity to re-paper              Parts A and B claims data and certain
                                               whom individually identifiable                           that agreement as a QE DUA.                           Part D drug event data from CMS. In
                                               information is provided and the                                                                                addition, we only provide qualified
                                                                                                        3. Data Use Agreement (DUA)
                                               disclosure is consistent with applicable                                                                       entities with aggregated Part D cost
                                                                                                           A qualified entity must enter a DUA                information, not the proprietary
                                               law.                                                     with CMS as a condition of receiving                  individual component costs. As a result,
                                                  Comment: Several commenters agreed                    Medicare data. Furthermore, in                        we do not believe there is a risk that
                                               with the proposal to only allow                          accordance with Section 105(a)(4) of                  qualified entities would be in a position
                                               identifiable data to be disclosed to                     MACRA, we proposed to require the                     to disclose competitively sensitive
                                               providers or suppliers with whom the                     execution of a DUA as a precondition to               information to authorized users.
                                               identified individuals have a patient                    a qualified entity’s provision or sale of                Finally, as we stated in the proposed
                                               relationship. One commenter suggested                    data to an authorized user. As discussed              rule, we only have authority to impose
                                               that qualified entities be allowed to                    above, we also proposed to require the                requirements on the qualified entity. As
                                               share limited data sets (as defined in                   qualified entity to enter into a DUA with             a result, we must rely on the qualified
                                               HIPAA) with providers and suppliers                      any authorized user as a pre-condition                entity to impose legally enforceable
                                               for individuals who are not their                        to providing or selling non-public                    obligations on the authorized user.
                                               patients. Another commenter                              analyses that include patient-
                                               recommended that qualified entities be                   identifiable data. To help differentiate              Requirements in the QE DUA
                                               allowed to disclose patient-identifiable                 the DUA between CMS and the                              In § 401.713(d), we proposed a
                                               data to health plans.                                    qualified entity from the DUAs between                number of contractually binding
                                                  Response: Section 105(a)(3) of                        the qualified entity and the authorized               provisions that would be included in
                                               MACRA requires that data disclosed to                    user, we proposed certain clarifying                  the QE DUA. First, we proposed to
                                               an authorized user not contain                           changes that recognize that there are                 require that the QE DUA contain certain
                                               information that individually identifies                 now two distinct DUAs in the qualified                limitations on the authorized user’s use
                                               a patient unless the data is being shared                entity program—the CMS DUA, which                     of the combined data and/or Medicare
                                               with that patient’s provider or supplier.                is the agreement between CMS and a                    claims data and/or non-public analyses
                                               We further note that limited data sets                   qualified entity, and what we will refer              that contain patient-identifiable data
                                               include indirect identifiers, and, as                    to as the QE DUA, which will be the                   and/or any derivative data (hereinafter
                                               such, are subject to that mandate. While                 legally binding agreement between a                   referred to as data subject to the QE
                                               we can imagine that health systems                       qualified entity and an authorized user.              DUA) to those purposes described in the
                                               would be interested in conducting                           Comment: Several commenters had                    first or second paragraph of the
                                               population-wide analyses that look at                    overall comments on the QE DUA. One                   definition of ‘‘healthcare operations’’
                                               disease incidence or care delivery                       commenter recommended that CMS                        under 45 CFR 164.501, or that which
                                               patterns, we believe these types of                      create a standard QE DUA. Another                     qualifies as ‘‘fraud and abuse detection
                                               analyses can be conducted using de-                      commenter stated that the data released               or compliance activities’’ under 45 CFR
                                               identified data. In addition, authorized                 to authorized users should not be                     164.506(c)(4). We also proposed to
                                               users that may not receive patient-                      subject to discovery or admitted into                 require that all other uses and
                                               identifiable data, such as issuers, could                evidence without the provider or                      disclosures of data subject to the QE
                                               ask the qualified entity to conduct                      supplier’s consent. A few commenters                  DUA be prohibited except to the extent
                                               analyses on these topics, and purchase                   suggested that the QE DUA include a                   a disclosure qualifies as a ‘‘required by
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               or receive the patient-deidentified                      provision that prevents the disclosure of             law’’ disclosure. We did not receive any
                                               analyses that result from such efforts.                  competitively sensitive data, such as                 comments on our proposal to allow
                                                  Second, we proposed to require                        Part D bid information. Finally, one                  authorized users to use the data subject
                                               qualified entities to bind the recipients                commenter suggested that authorized                   to the QE DUA for the purposes
                                               of their data to a DUA that will govern                  users should have some direct                         described in the first or second
                                               the use and, where applicable, re-                       responsibility for actions that run afoul             paragraph of the definition of
                                               disclosure of any data received through                  of contractual requirements.                          ‘‘healthcare operations’’ under 45 CFR


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44465

                                               164.501. Therefore, we are finalizing our                   We proposed at § 401.713(d)(3) to                  supplier’s re-disclosures to a covered
                                               proposal. In doing so, we identified                     require qualified entities to                         entity pursuant to 45 CFR
                                               inadvertent drafting errors in the                       contractually bind authorized users                   164.506(c)(4)(i) or 164.502(e)(1).
                                               proposed regulatory text at                              using the QE DUA to protect patient-                  Therefore, a provider or supplier would
                                               § 401.713(d)(1)(i)(A) and (B) (mis-                      identifiable data subject to the QE DUA,              generally only be permitted to re-
                                               identifying which activities fell into                   with at least the privacy and security                disclose data subject to the QE DUA to
                                               which paragraphs of 45 CFR 164.501).                     protections that would be required of                 a covered entity or its business associate
                                               We have therefore corrected those draft                  covered entities and their business                   for activities focused on that covered
                                               regulatory provisions to conform the                     associates under the HIPAA Privacy and                entity’s quality assessment and
                                               new 42 CFR 401.713(d)(1)(i)(A) and (B)                   Security Rules. We proposed to require                improvement, including the review of
                                               with the content of the first and second                 that the QE DUA contain provisions that               provider or supplier performance. We
                                               paragraphs of the definition of health                   require that the authorized user                      also proposed to require re-disclosure
                                               care operations under 45 CFR 164.501.                    maintain written privacy and security                 when required by law.
                                                  Comment: We received several                          policies and procedures that ensure                      Comment: Several commenters stated
                                               comments on allowing authorized users                    compliance with these HIPAA-based                     that they supported CMS’ proposals
                                               to use the data subject to the QE DUA                    privacy and security standards and the                related to re-disclosure of data. One
                                               for purposes which qualify as ‘‘fraud                    other standards required under this                   commenter suggested that providers and
                                               and abuse detection or compliance                        subpart for the duration of the QE DUA.               suppliers be allowed to re-disclose data
                                               activities’’ under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4).                 We also proposed to require QE DUA                    for direct patient care and issues of
                                               Several commenters stated that the                       provisions detailing such policies and                patient safety. Another commenter
                                               allowing use of the data subject to the                  procedures survive termination of the                 recommended that any authorized user
                                               QE DUA for fraud and abuse detection                     QE DUA, whether for cause or not.                     be allowed to re-disclose de-identified
                                               is unwarranted and without basis in the                     Comment: One commenter suggested                   data for the purposes of publishing de-
                                               statutory text. However, another                         that CMS clarify that the QE DUA by                   identified statistical results.
                                               commenter explicitly supported use of                    itself does not make the authorized user                 Response: We thank commenters for
                                               the data subject to the QE DUA to                        a covered entity or business associate                their support of the re-disclosure
                                               bolster efforts to fight fraud. One                      under HIPAA if the authorized user                    proposals. While we can understand
                                               commenter suggested the addition of                      does not otherwise meet those                         interest in explicitly referencing issues
                                               ‘‘waste’’ detection as an allowed use of                 definitions.                                          of patient safety, we do not believe it is
                                               the data subject to the QE DUA.                             Response: We wish to clarify that this
                                                                                                                                                              necessary given that the first paragraph
                                                  Response: We believe that section                     rule does not comment on whether an
                                                                                                                                                              of the definition of healthcare
                                               105(a)(3)(A)(ii) of MACRA is illustrative                entity is a covered entity or business
                                               (providing for certain non-public uses                   associate under HIPAA. We are simply                  operations includes patient safety
                                               ‘‘including’’ certain cross-referenced                   requiring the authorized users to                     activities and, thus issues of patient
                                               activities). It does not prevent use of the              comply with the privacy and security                  safety are permitted reasons for re-
                                               data for fraud and abuse detection and                   protections required of covered entities              disclosure of the data. However, we
                                               compliance activities. As a result, we                   and their business associates under the               recognize that as proposed, providers
                                               are finalizing our proposal to allow                     HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules (that                and suppliers would not be allowed to
                                               authorized users to use the data subject                 is, the authorized users must comply                  re-disclose the data subject to the QE
                                               to the QE DUA for fraud and abuse                        with those provisions as if they were                 DUA for treatment purposes. As a result,
                                               detection. While we can understand the                   acting in the capacity of a covered entity            we are modifying the language at
                                               interest in adding waste detection to the                or business associate dealing with                    § 401.713(d)(5)(i) to allow providers and
                                               list of allowed uses of the data subject                 protected health information). We feel                suppliers to re-disclose data subject to
                                               to the QE DUA, we believe it is best to                  that such standards represent an                      the QE DUA as a covered entity would
                                               stay consistent with the language                        industry-wide standard for the                        be permitted to disclose PHI under 45
                                               established in HIPAA since many of                       protection of patient-identifiable data,              CFR 164.506(c)(2), which allows a
                                               other authorized users receiving data                    and note that this requirement would be               covered entity to disclose data for the
                                               subject to the QE DUA are also HIPAA                     in keeping with section 105(a)(4) of                  treatment activities of a healthcare
                                               covered entities.                                        MACRA.                                                provider.
                                                  Comment: One commenter suggested                         We also proposed at § 401.713(d)(7) to                Regarding the recommendation to
                                               that authorized users also be allowed to                 require that the qualified entity use the             allow for re-disclosure of de-identified
                                               use the data subject to the QE DUA for                   QE DUA to contractually bind an                       data in order to publish statistical
                                               ‘‘treatment’’ as defined under 45 CFR                    authorized user as a condition of                     results, we do not believe that this
                                               164.501.                                                 receiving data subject to the QE DUA                  purpose is consistent with section
                                                  Response: We agree that use of the                    under the qualified entity program to                 105(a)(5)(A) of the MACRA statute,
                                               data subject to the QE DUA for                           notify the qualified entity of any                    which explicitly states that an
                                               treatment purposes is a valid possible                   violations of the QE DUA. We did not                  authorized user who is provided or sold
                                               use of the data and consistent with the                  receive any comments on this proposal,                data shall not make public such data or
                                               statute. As a result, we have modified                   so are finalizing it without modification.            any analysis using such data.
                                               the language at § 401.713(d)(1)(i) to                       In addition, we proposed at                           We also proposed to require qualified
                                               include treatment.                                       § 401.713(d)(4) to require that the                   entities to impose a contractual bar
                                                  We also proposed to require qualified                 qualified entity include a provision in               using the QE DUA on the downstream
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               entities to use the QE DUA to                            its QE DUAs that prohibits the                        recipients’ linking of the re-disclosed
                                               contractually prohibit the authorized                    authorized user from re-disclosing or                 data subject to the QE DUA to any other
                                               users from using the data subject to the                 making public data subject to the QE                  identifiable source of information. The
                                               QE DUA for marketing purposes. We                        DUA except as provided in paragraph                   only exception to this general policy
                                               did not receive any comments on this                     (d)(5). We proposed at § 401.713(d)(5) to             would be if a provider or supplier were
                                               proposal, and are finalizing it without                  require that the qualified entity use the             to receive identifiable information
                                               modification.                                            QE DUA to limit provider’s and                        limited to its own patients.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44466               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  Comment: Several commenters stated                    definition of an authorized users,                    research purposes. More information on
                                               that they supported the proposals                        including: Other types of associations                accessing CMS data for research can be
                                               related to linking the data. One                         and partnership groups whose missions                 found on the ResDAC Web site at
                                               commenter suggested that business                        support the permitted data uses, entities             www.resdac.org.
                                               associates of providers or suppliers be                  with expertise in quality measure                        Comment: Several commenters
                                               allowed to link the data subject to the                  development, organizations engaged in                 suggested that other organizations
                                               QE DUA. Another commenter                                research, federal agencies, regional                  beyond providers, suppliers, hospital
                                               recommended that authorized users be                     health improvement collaboratives, and                associations, and medical societies be
                                               allowed to link the patient de-identified                the Indian Health Service (and Indian                 allowed to access data. A few
                                               data so long as the intent or result is not              Health programs). Several commenters                  commenters suggested any entity should
                                               to re-identify patients and the resulting                also suggested that CMS create a process              be allowed to access de-identified data.
                                               data set meets the HIPAA standard for                    for qualified entities to seek approval for           Another commenter recommended the
                                               de-identification.                                       additional authorized users that may not              creation of a new authorized user called
                                                  Response: We would like to clarify                    fit into the regulatory definitions.                  a healthcare provider or supplier
                                               that the prohibition on linking only                        Response: We recognize that many                   collaborator and defined as an
                                               applies to patient de-identified data                    organizations are interested in accessing             organization or entity that does not
                                               subject to the QE DUA. To the extent                     analyses provided by the qualified                    directly treat patients, but works closely
                                               that a provider or supplier receives                     entity. However, CMS believes we must                 with the provider or supplier in
                                               patient-identifiable data subject to the                 maintain a carefully curated list of                  connection with treatment of patients.
                                               QE DUA and discloses that data to a                      authorized users to prevent the                          Response: Section 105 (a)(2)(A)(i)
                                               business associate as allowed under                      monitoring of the qualified entity                    only allows for the disclosure of data to
                                               § 401.713(d)(5)(i), that provider or                     program from becoming too                             a provider of services, a supplier, and a
                                               supplier may request that the business                   cumbersome. As a result, we are only                  medical society or hospital association.
                                               associate link the data subject to the QE                adding federal agencies, including, but                  Comment: Several commenters
                                               DUA to another data source.                              not limited to the Indian Health Service              suggested that authorized users that are
                                                  While we understand that some                         (and Indian Health programs), to the                  allowed to act on behalf of their
                                               authorized users may wish to link the                    definition of authorized users. Similar               subparts (for example, Accountable Care
                                               de-identified data subject to the QE                     to state agencies, we believe that federal            Organizations) or business associates as
                                               DUA, we believe that this creates too                    agencies, particularly those that provide             defined in HIPAA should be allowed to
                                               much risk of inadvertent re-                             healthcare services such as the Indian                receive data and/or analyses directly.
                                                                                                        Health Service and the U.S. Department                   Response: We do not intend to
                                               identification. However, instead of
                                                                                                        of Veteran Affairs are important partners             prevent organizations acting under a
                                               linking the data themselves, authorized
                                                                                                        with CMS in transforming the                          contract with an authorized user from
                                               users could choose to share their
                                                                                                        healthcare delivery system and could                  receiving data or the analyses on behalf
                                               additional data, in accordance with
                                                                                                        substantially benefit from access to                  of the authorized user. Therefore, we
                                               applicable law, with the qualified entity
                                                                                                        analyses to help improve quality and                  have modified the definition of
                                               who could link this new data source to
                                                                                                        reduce costs, especially for individuals              authorized user to include contractors,
                                               the existing data and then create de-
                                                                                                        who utilize their services. On the other              including, where applicable, business
                                               identified analyses to share with the
                                                                                                        hand, we believe many of the other                    associates as that term is defined at 45
                                               authorized user.
                                                                                                        suggested authorized users do not                     CFR 160.103. An authorized user is now
                                               C. Authorized Users                                      represent well defined groups, which                  defined as a third party and its
                                                                                                        could lead to significant confusion as to             contractors (including, where
                                               1. Definition of Authorized User
                                                                                                        which entities fall within the group and              applicable, business associates as that
                                                  Section 105(a)(9)(A) of MACRA                         which do not. In addition, as we noted                term is defined at 45 CFR 160.103) that
                                               defines authorized users as: A provider                  above, the statute is explicit in its                 need analyses or data covered by this
                                               of services, a supplier, an employer (as                 prohibition of releasing the analyses or              section to carry out work on behalf of
                                               defined in section 3(5) of the Employee                  data to the public, so the addition of any            that third party (meaning not the
                                               Retirement Insurance Security Act of                     authorized user with a research aim is                qualified entity or the qualified entity’s
                                               1974), a health insurance issuer (as                     not consistent with the parameters of                 contractors) to whom/which the
                                               defined in section 2791 of the Public                    the program.                                          qualified entity provides or sells data as
                                               Health Service act), a medical society or                   We believe a separate approval                     permitted under this subpart.
                                               hospital association, and any other                      process would be very costly for CMS                  Authorized user third parties are limited
                                               entity that is approved by the Secretary.                and create additional burdens for                     to the following entities: A provider, a
                                               We proposed a definition for authorized                  qualified entities. We also believe that a            supplier, a medical society, a hospital
                                               user at § 401.703(k) that is consistent                  standard list of authorized users is the              association, an employer, a health
                                               with Section 105(a)(9)(A) of MACRA                       simplest and least administratively                   insurance issuer, a healthcare provider
                                               and includes two additional types of                     burdensome method to ensure equal                     and/or supplier association, a state
                                               entities beyond those established in the                 treatment of qualified entities. Because              entity, a federal agency.
                                               statute—healthcare professional                          many of the suggested authorized users                   We would like to note that with this
                                               associations and state agencies.                         do not represent well defined groups,                 change to the definition of authorized
                                               Specifically, we proposed to define an                   we would envision an approval process                 user a qualified entity is now also liable
                                               authorized user as: (1) A provider; (2) a                for each entity requesting analyses,                  for the actions of the third party’s
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               supplier; (3) an employer; (4) a health                  which would potentially be more                       contractors who enter into a QE DUA
                                               insurance issuer; (5) a medical society;                 burdensome for smaller regional                       with the qualified entity.
                                               (6) a hospital association; (7) a                        qualified entities that do not have the                  Comment: One commenter suggested
                                               healthcare professional association; or                  time or resources to devote to the                    a modification to the definition of
                                               (8) a state agency.                                      approval process. Furthermore, we have                provider to include dieticians, social
                                                  Comment: Commenters had a wide                        an existing process through which                     workers, case management nurses, and
                                               ranging list of suggested additions to the               entities can obtain Medicare data for                 other allied health professionals.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                           44467

                                                 Response: The current definition of a                  to sign a non-public analyses agreement               refers to hospital association and does
                                               supplier is a physician or other                         and will be bound to only use and                     not reference quality organizations. To
                                               practitioner that furnishes healthcare                   disclose the analyses in a manner                     the extent that these quality
                                               services under Medicare. To the extent                   consistent with the provisions of that                organizations are doing work on behalf
                                               that dieticians, social workers, case                    agreement.                                            of the state hospital association under
                                               management nurses, and other allied                                                                            contract, and that work requires access
                                               health professionals are furnishing                      4. Definition of ‘‘Medical Society’’
                                                                                                                                                              to such data or analyses, these quality
                                               healthcare services under Medicare,                         We proposed to define a medical                    organizations would be considered
                                               they would already be considered                         society as a non-profit organization or               authorized users and would be required
                                               suppliers. If they are not furnishing                    association that provides unified                     to enter into a QE DUA and/or non-
                                               services under Medicare, we do not                       representation for a large number of                  public analyses agreement with the
                                               believe the analyses or data based on                    physicians at the national or state level             qualified entity.
                                               Medicare claims data will hold much                      and whose membership is comprised
                                               value for improving care delivery or                     mainly of physicians.                                 6. Definition of ‘‘Healthcare Provider
                                               reducing costs, and so we decline                           Comment: One commenter requested                   and/or Supplier Association’’
                                               expanding the definition to include                      that CMS provide an example of a                         We proposed to define a healthcare
                                               them.                                                    medical society.                                      provider and/or supplier association as
                                                                                                           Response: We would consider the                    a non-profit organization or association
                                               2. Definition of Employer                                American Medical Association or the                   that represents providers and suppliers
                                                  We proposed to define an employer as                  American Academy of Family                            at the national or state level and whose
                                               having the same meaning as the term                      Physicians to be national-level medical               membership is comprised of a majority
                                               ‘‘employer’’ defined in Section 3(5) of                  societies. At the state-level, the Medical            of providers and/or suppliers. We did
                                               the Employee Retirement Insurance                        Association of the State of Alabama is                not receive any comments on this
                                               Security Act of 1974.                                    an example of a medical society under                 definition, so are finalizing it without
                                                  Comment: One commenter suggested                      this definition.                                      modification.
                                               that the definition of employer should
                                                                                                        5. Definition of ‘‘Hospital Association’’             7. Definition of ‘‘State Agency’’
                                               not include any third-party consultant
                                               or wellness program vendors.                                We proposed to define a hospital                      We proposed to define a state agency
                                                  Response: As noted above, we believe                  association as a non-profit organization              as any office, department, division,
                                               authorized users should be allowed to                    or association that provides unified                  bureau, board, commission, agency,
                                               share analyses and data with contractors                 representation for a large number of                  institution, or committee within the
                                               who need such information to conduct                     hospitals or health systems at the                    executive branch of a state government.
                                               work on their behalf. Therefore, we                      national or state level and whose                        Comment: One commenter stated that
                                               modified the definition of authorized                    membership is comprised of a majority                 state agencies should be limited to those
                                               user to include contractors. To the                      of hospitals and health systems.                      entities that promote care quality and
                                               extent a wellness vendor is an                              Comment: One commenter requested                   patient care improvement activities.
                                               employer’s contractor, the vendor will                   that CMS provide an example of a                      Another commenter recommended that
                                               be required to sign a non-public                         hospital association.                                 the term state agency be changed to state
                                               analyses agreement and will be bound                        Response: We would consider the
                                                                                                                                                              entity to help avoid conflict with state-
                                               to only use and disclose the analyses in                 American Hospital Association or the
                                                                                                                                                              specific references to the word
                                               a manner consistent with the provisions                  Federation of American Hospitals to be
                                                                                                                                                              ‘‘agency.’’ One commenter suggested
                                               of that agreement. We would also like to                 national hospital associations. At the
                                                                                                                                                              CMS provide clarity on whether the
                                               point out that as specified in                           state-level, the Hospital and
                                                                                                                                                              definition of state agency includes
                                               § 401.716(c)(2), employers, and their                    Healthsystem Association of
                                                                                                                                                              political subdivisions of the state.
                                               contractors, may only use the analyses                   Pennsylvania is an example of a
                                                                                                                                                                 Response: We do not believe that state
                                               for the purposes of providing health                     hospital association under this
                                                                                                                                                              agencies should be limited to those
                                               insurance to employees, retirees, or                     definition.
                                                                                                                                                              entities focused on care quality and
                                               dependents of employees.                                    Comment: Several commenters
                                                                                                                                                              patient care improvement. There are a
                                                                                                        suggested that the definition of hospital
                                               3. Definition of Health Insurance Issuer                                                                       wide-array of uses of the non-public
                                                                                                        association be expanded to include
                                                                                                                                                              analyses by states who are CMS’
                                                  We proposed to define a health                        associations at the local level and
                                                                                                                                                              partners in transforming the healthcare
                                               insurance issuer as having the same                      quality organizations that are affiliated
                                                                                                                                                              delivery system. We do appreciate the
                                               meaning as the term ‘‘health insurance                   with, but have separate 501(c)(3)
                                                                                                                                                              comment related to the use of the term
                                               issuer’’ defined in Section 2791(b)(2) of                numbers from their state hospital
                                                                                                                                                              agency at the state-level, and have
                                               the Public Health Service Act.                           association.
                                                                                                           Response: CMS recognizes that local                modified this term in the regulations to
                                                  Comment: One commenter suggested
                                                                                                        hospital associations may work more                   be ‘‘state entity.’’ In addition, to provide
                                               that the definition of health insurance
                                                                                                        closely on issues such as quality                     clarity, we note that we did not intend
                                               issuer should not include any third-
                                                                                                        improvement with hospitals and health                 for the definition of state agency to
                                               party consultant or wellness program
                                                                                                        systems in their area than state or                   include political subdivisions of a state,
                                               vendors.
                                                  Response: As with employers, we                       national associations. As a result, we                such as a county, city, town, or village,
                                               believe issuers should be allowed to                     have modified the definition of hospital              and as a result have not added these to
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               share analyses and data with contractors                 association to include local-level                    the definition.
                                               who need such information to conduct                     organizations. However, we do not                     D. Annual Report Requirements
                                               work on their behalf. Therefore, as                      believe that the MACRA statute at
                                               stated above, we have modified the                       105(a)(9)(v) intends for quality                      1. Reporting Requirements for Analyses
                                               definition of authorized user. To the                    organizations affiliated with a hospital                Section 105(a)(8) of MACRA expands
                                               extent a wellness vendor is an issuer’s                  association to be considered a hospital               the information that a qualified entity
                                               contractor, the vendor will be required                  association since the language only                   must report annually to the Secretary if


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44468               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               a qualified entity provides or sells non-                should be made public. We would like                  identification of any materials within
                                               public analyses. Therefore, consistent                   to clarify, however, that anytime CMS                 such reports that the qualified entity
                                               with these requirements, we proposed                     receives a request for information under              believes are subject to a FOIA
                                               to require that the qualified entity                     the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA),                exemption, and the rationale therefore.
                                               provide a summary of the non-public                      the agency always evaluates whether the
                                                                                                                                                              E. Assessment for a Breach
                                               analyses provided or sold under this                     information is subject to one of the
                                               subpart, including specific information                  FOIA exemptions, including Exemption                  1. Violation of a DUA
                                               about the number of analyses, the                        4, which protects commercial or
                                               number of purchasers of such analyses,                   financial information that is privileged                 Section 105(a)(7) of MACRA requires
                                               the types of authorized users that                       and confidential. We welcome                          the Secretary to impose an assessment
                                               purchased analyses, the total amount of                  identification of any materials within                on a qualified entity in the case of a
                                               fees received for such analyses. We also                 such reports that the qualified entity                ‘‘breach’’ of a CMS DUA between the
                                               proposed to require the qualified entity                 believes are subject to a FOIA                        Secretary and a qualified entity or a
                                               to provide a description of the topics                   exemption, and the rationale therefore.               breach of a QE DUA between a qualified
                                               and purposes of such analyses. In                                                                              entity and an authorized user. Because
                                                                                                        2. Reporting Requirements for Data                    the term ‘‘breach’’ is defined in HIPAA,
                                               addition, we proposed to require a
                                               qualified entity to provide information                     Section 105(a)(8) of MACRA also                    and this definition is not consistent
                                               on QE DUA and non-public analyses                        requires a qualified entity to submit a               with the use of the term for this
                                               agreement violations.                                    report annually if it provides or sells               program, we proposed instead to adopt
                                                  Comment: Several commenters                           data. Therefore, consistent with the                  the term ‘‘violation’’ when referring to a
                                               suggested additions to the reporting                     statutory requirements, we also                       ‘‘breach’’ of a DUA for purposes of this
                                               requirements for analyses. One                           proposed to require qualified entities                program. We also proposed to define a
                                               commenter suggested that qualified                       that provide or sell data under this                  ‘‘violation’’ to mean a failure to comply
                                               entities include the specific entities to                subpart to provide the following                      with a requirement in a CMS DUA or
                                               whom analyses were provided or sold as                   information as part of its annual report:             QE DUA. We also proposed to impose
                                               well as more detailed pricing                            Information on the entities who                       an assessment on any qualified entity
                                               information. Another commenter                           received data, the uses of the data, the              that violates a CMS DUA or fails to
                                               recommended the addition of the                          total amount of fees received for                     ensure that their authorized users and
                                               frequency and nature of requests for                     providing, selling, or sharing the data,              their contractors/business associates do
                                               error correction, and how often analyses                 and any QE DUA violations.                            not violate a QE DUA.
                                               are disclosed with unresolved requests                      Comment: Several of the comments                      Comment: A few commenters
                                               for error correction.                                    on reporting requirements for data were               recommended that CMS further define
                                                  Response: We believe that Section                     the same as those for analyses addressed              and provide examples of what would
                                               105(a)(8)(A) of MACRA intends for                        above. One commenter suggested the                    constitute a DUA violation. Another
                                               qualified entities to provide a summary                  addition of information on authorized                 commenter suggested CMS expand the
                                               of the analyses and that the specific                    user data breaches to the annual report.              definition of a violation so that both the
                                               details of the entities who received                     Another commenter stated that the                     qualified entity and the authorized user
                                               analyses or the pricing information for                  annual reporting requirements for data                may be held responsible for a breach.
                                               analyses are not consistent with that                    may contain sensitive commercial
                                                                                                        information that may be subject to                       Response: While we recognize that
                                               intent. We do believe there is value in
                                                                                                        confidentiality provisions between the                not all terms of the DUAs are equal
                                               monitoring requests for error correction
                                                                                                        qualified entity and applicable                       regarding the risk to the privacy and
                                               to ensure that qualified entities are not
                                               releasing analyses that consistently have                authorized users.                                     security of the Medicare data, we
                                               requests for error correction, which                        Response: We believe that data                     believe the aggravating and mitigating
                                               could indicate a qualified entities’ poor                breaches should be reported to CMS in                 circumstances discussed in more detail
                                               use of the Medicare data; however, we                    a much timelier manner than the annual                below provide us the flexibility to
                                               believe the requirement to provide this                  report. As discussed above, the QE DUA                ensure the assessment amount is
                                               information, with the exception of how                   requires authorized users to notify the               consistent with the nature of the
                                               often analyses are disclosed with                        qualified entity of any violations of the             violation. One example of a violation
                                               unresolved requests for error correction,                QE DUA and to comply with the breach                  would be knowingly releasing patient
                                               already exists as part of the annual                     provisions governing qualified entities.              names and other protected health
                                               reporting requirements under                             As a result, we do not believe this                   information for marketing purposes.
                                               § 401.719(b)(2). We believe including                    element is needed in the annual report.               Another example of a violation would
                                               how often analyses are disclosed with                       We recognize that some of the                      be sharing individually identifiable
                                               unresolved error requests in the annual                  information we proposed to require of                 information for an individual who does
                                               reports is important because it allows                   qualified entities in their annual reports            not meet the definition of a patient with
                                               CMS to track possible poor use of the                    will be sensitive commercial                          a supplier.
                                               Medicare data by qualified entities.                     information. As noted above, anytime                     While we recognize that it may be the
                                               Therefore, we have added the                             CMS receives a request for information                authorized user who is responsible for
                                               requirement to report the number of                      under the FOIA, the agency always                     the violation, we believe Section
                                               analyses disclosed with unresolved                       evaluates whether the information is                  105(a)(7) of MACRA does not give us
                                               requests for error correction at                         subject to one of the FOIA exemptions,                the authority to impose an assessment
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               § 401.719(b)(3)(iii).                                    including Exemption 4, which protects                 on the authorized user. However, we do
                                                  Comment: One commenter suggested                      commercial or financial information                   believe that the qualified entity could
                                               that the annual reports be made public.                  that is privileged and confidential.                  include terms in their agreement with
                                                  Response: We recognize that in some                   Contractual confidentiality provisions                the authorized user to require the
                                               cases the annual reports may contain                     between authorized users and qualified                authorized user to pay the assessment if
                                               sensitive commercial information and,                    entities will not negate CMS’ obligations             the authorized user is responsible for
                                               as a result, we do not believe the reports               under FOIA, but we welcome                            the violation.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44469

                                                  MACRA provides guidance only on                       data was sold or provided to the                        Comment: One commenter suggested
                                               the assessment amount and what                           authorized user and, thereby,                         that CMS allow the qualified entity to
                                               triggers an assessment, but it does not                  potentially affected by the violation. In             take corrective action in the case of a
                                               dictate the procedures for imposing                      those instances in which the qualified                minor violation. Another commenter
                                               such assessments. We therefore                           entity is unable to establish a reliable              recommended that CMS impose a limit
                                               proposed to model qualified entity                       number of potentially affected                        on the assessment amount because not
                                               program procedures on certain relevant                   beneficiaries, we proposed to impose                  specifying a maximum assessment
                                               provisions of Section 1128A of the Act                   the assessment based on the total                     amount could create a barrier to entry
                                               (Civil Money Penalties) and part 402                     number of beneficiaries that were                     for entities interested in the program.
                                               (Civil Money Penalties, Assessments,                     included in the data set(s) that was/were             One commenter stated they supported
                                               and Exclusions) including the process                    transferred to the qualified entity under             the statutorily set assessment of $100
                                               and procedures for calculating the                       the CMS DUA.                                          per affected individual because it
                                               assessment, notifying a qualified entity                                                                       creates a strong incentives for excellent
                                                                                                        Assessment Amount per Impacted
                                               of a violation, collecting the assessment,                                                                     data security.
                                                                                                        Individual
                                               and providing qualified entities an                                                                              Response: We recognize the need for
                                               appeals process.                                            As noted above, MACRA allows an
                                                                                                                                                              a corrective action process and have
                                                                                                        assessment in the amount of up to $100
                                               2. Amount of Assessment                                                                                        already established one at
                                                                                                        per potentially affected individual. We
                                                                                                                                                              § 401.719(d)(1) through (3) that applies
                                                  Section 105(a)(7)(B) of MACRA                         therefore proposed to draw on 42 CFR
                                                                                                                                                              regardless of the amount of the
                                               specifies that when a violation occurs,                  part 402 to specify the factors and
                                                                                                                                                              assessment. We appreciate commenters
                                               the assessment is to be calculated based                 circumstances that will be considered in
                                                                                                                                                              concerns about creating a barrier for
                                               on the number of affected individuals                    determining the assessment amount per
                                                                                                                                                              entry, but agree that allowing for an
                                               who are entitled to, or enrolled in,                     potentially affected individual.
                                                                                                           We proposed at § 401.719(d)(5)(i)(A)               assessment of up to $100 per affected
                                               benefits under part A of title XVIII of the
                                                                                                        that the following basic factors be                   individual creates strong incentives for
                                               Act, or enrolled in part B of such title.
                                                                                                        considered in establishing the                        the qualified entity to ensure the
                                               Assessments can be up to $100 per
                                               affected individual, but, given the broad                assessment amount per potentially                     privacy and security of the Medicare
                                               discretion in establishing some lesser                   affected individual: (1) The nature and               data. We believe the basic, aggravating,
                                               amount, we looked to part 402 as a                       extent of the violation; (2) the nature               and mitigating circumstances provide
                                               model for proposing aggravating and                      and extent of the harm or potential harm              CMS with the flexibility to set the
                                               mitigating circumstances that would be                   resulting from the violation; and (3) the             assessment value appropriately given
                                               considered when calculating the                          degree of culpability and history of prior            the nature of the violation and the
                                               assessment amount per impacted                           violations.                                           qualified entity’s history with
                                               individual. However, violations under                       In addition, in considering these basic            violations.
                                               section 105(a)(7)(B) of MACRA are                        factors and determining the amount of                 3. Notice of Determination
                                               considered point-in-time violations, not                 the assessment per potentially affected
                                               continuing violations.                                   individual, we proposed to take into                     We looked to the relevant provisions
                                                                                                        account certain aggravating and                       in 42 CFR part 402 and Section 1128A
                                               Number of Individuals                                    mitigating circumstances.                             of the Act to frame proposals regarding
                                                 We proposed at § 401.719(d)(5)(i) that                    We proposed at                                     the specific elements that would be
                                               CMS will calculate the amount of the                     § 401.719(d)(5)(i)(B)(1) that CMS                     included in the notice of determination.
                                               assessment of up to $100 per individual                  consider certain aggravating                          To that end, we proposed at
                                               entitled to, or enrolled in part A of title              circumstances in determining the                      § 401.719(d)(5)(ii) that the Secretary
                                               XVIII of the Act and/or enrolled in part                 amount per potentially affected                       would provide notice of a determination
                                               B of such title whose data was                           individual, including the following:                  to a qualified entity by certified mail
                                               implicated in the violation.                             Whether there were several types of                   with return receipt requested. The
                                                 We generally proposed to determine                     violations, occurring over a lengthy                  notice of determination would include
                                               the number of potentially affected                       period of time; whether there were                    information on (1) the assessment
                                               individuals by looking at the number of                  many violations or the nature and                     amount, (2) the statutory and regulatory
                                               beneficiaries whose Medicare claims                      circumstances indicate a pattern of                   bases for the assessment, (3) a
                                               information was provided either by                       violations; and whether the nature of                 description of the violations upon
                                               CMS to the qualified entity or by the                    the violation had the potential or                    which the assessment was proposed, (4)
                                               qualified entity to the authorized user in               actually resulted in harm to                          information concerning response to the
                                               the form of individually identifiable or                 beneficiaries.                                        notice, and (5) the means by which the
                                               de-identified data sets that were                           In addition, we proposed at                        qualified entity must pay the assessment
                                               potentially affected by the violation.                   § 401.719(d)(5)(i)(B)(2) that CMS take                if they do not intend to request a
                                                 We proposed that a single beneficiary,                 into account certain mitigating                       hearing in accordance with procedures
                                               regardless of the number of times their                  circumstances in determining the                      established at Section 1128A of the Act
                                               information appears in a singular non-                   amount per potentially affected                       and implemented in 42 CFR part 1005.
                                               public report or dataset, would only                     individual, including the following:                  We did not receive any comments on
                                               count towards the calculation of an                      Whether the violations subject to the                 this proposal so are finalizing it without
                                               assessment for a violation once. For                     imposition of an assessment were few in               modification.
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               qualified entities that provide or sell                  number, of the same type, and occurring
                                                                                                                                                              4. Failure To Request a Hearing
                                               subsets of the dataset that CMS                          within a short period of time, and/or
                                               provided to them, combined                               whether the violation was the result of                 We also looked to the relevant
                                               information, or non-public analyses, we                  an unintentional and unrecognized error               provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and
                                               proposed to require that the qualified                   and the qualified entity took corrective              section 1128A of the Act to inform our
                                               entity provide the Secretary with an                     steps immediately after discovering the               proposals regarding what happens when
                                               accurate number of beneficiaries whose                   error.                                                a hearing is not requested.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44470               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                 We proposed at § 401.719(d)(5)(iii)                    was presented or where the qualified                  that the Secretary may make available to
                                               that an assessment will become final if                  entity resides. We also proposed that the             qualified entities, including
                                               a qualified entity does not request a                    United States may deduct the amount of                standardized extracts of claims data
                                               hearing within 60 days of receipt of the                 an assessment when finally determined,                under titles XIX (Medicaid) and XXI
                                               notice of the proposed determination.                    or the amount agreed upon in                          (the Children’s Health Insurance
                                               At this point, CMS would impose the                      compromise, from any sum then or later                Program, CHIP) for one or more
                                               proposed assessment. CMS would notify                    owing the qualified entity. Finally, we               specified geographic areas and time
                                               the qualified entity, by certified mail                  proposed that matters that were raised                periods as may be requested by the
                                               with return receipt, of the assessment                   or that could have been raised in a                   qualified entity. However, due to issues
                                               and the means by which the qualified                     hearing before an ALJ or in an appeal                 involving Medicaid data submitted to
                                               entity may pay the assessment. Under                     under section 1128A(e) of the Act may                 CMS, including lack of data timeliness
                                               these proposals, a qualified entity                      not be raised as a defense in a civil                 and overall data quality, we proposed
                                               would not have the right to appeal an                    action by the United States to collect an             not to expand the data available to
                                               assessment unless it has requested a                     assessment. We did not receive any                    qualified entities from CMS and instead
                                               hearing within 60 days of receipt of the                 comments on these proposals so are                    suggested that qualified entities would
                                               notice of the proposed determination.                    finalizing them without modification.                 be better off seeking Medicaid and/or
                                               We did not receive any comments on                                                                             CHIP data through the State Medicaid
                                                                                                        F. Termination of Qualified Entity
                                               these proposals so are finalizing them                                                                         Agencies.
                                                                                                        Agreement                                                Comment: Many commenters
                                               without modification.
                                                                                                          We proposed at § 401.721(a)(7) that                 recommended that CMS expand the
                                               5. When an Assessment Is Collectible                     CMS may unilaterally terminate the                    data available to qualified entities to
                                                  We again looked to the relevant                       qualified entity’s agreement and trigger              include Medicaid and CHIP data. These
                                               provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and                        the data destruction requirements in the              commenters noted the additional
                                               section 1128A of the Act to inform our                   CMS DUA if CMS determines through                     burden of having to request the data
                                               proposed policies regarding when an                      our monitoring program at § 401.717(a)                from each state individually. On the
                                               assessment becomes collectible.                          and (b) that a qualified entity or its                other hand, one commenter stated that
                                                  We proposed at § 401.719(d)(5)(iv)                    contractor fails to monitor authorized                they agreed with CMS’ proposal not to
                                               that an assessment becomes collectible                   users’ compliance with the terms of                   expand access to Medicaid and/or CHIP
                                               after the earliest of the following                      their QE DUAs or non-public analysis                  data.
                                               situations: (1) On the 61st day after the                use agreements. We stated in the                         Response: As some commenters
                                               qualified entity receives CMS’s notice of                proposed rule that we believe this                    noted, we have been working with states
                                               proposed determination under                             proposed provision is consistent with                 to transform our Medicaid Statistical
                                               § 401.719(d)(5)(ii), if the entity does not              the intent of MACRA to ensure the                     Information System (MSIS) to address
                                               request a hearing; (2) immediately after                 protection of data and analyses                       concerns regarding data timeliness and
                                               the qualified entity abandons or waives                  provided by qualified entities to                     quality. This is essential for the
                                               its appeal right at any administrative                   authorized users under this subpart.                  Medicaid program to keep pace with the
                                               level; (3) 30 days after the qualified                     Comment: One commenter stated that                  data needed to improve quality of care,
                                               entity receives the Administrative Law                   CMS should have a violation corrections               track enrollment and utilization of
                                               Judge’s (ALJ) decision imposing an                       period prior to terminating a qualified               services, improve program integrity, and
                                               assessment under § 1005.20(d), if the                    entity. Another commenter                             support states and other stakeholders
                                               qualified entity has not requested a                     recommended that CMS carefully                        need for information about Medicaid
                                               review before the Department Appeal                      monitor all aspects of the qualified                  and CHIP. This new data set is known
                                               Board (DAB); or (4) 60 days after the                    entity program and related authorized                 as Transformed MSIS (T–MSIS). The T–
                                               qualified entity receives the DAB’s                      user activities to minimize the risk of               MSIS data set contains enhanced
                                               decision imposing an assessment if the                   unintended consequences.                              information about beneficiary eligibility,
                                               qualified entity has not requested a stay                  Response: We currently have a                       beneficiary and provider enrollment,
                                               of the decision under § 1005.22(b). We                   process in place to require qualified                 service utilization, claims and managed
                                               did not receive any comments on this                     entities to develop a corrective action               care data, and expenditure data for
                                               proposal so are finalizing it without                    plan or to put qualified entities on a                Medicaid and CHIP. We are currently
                                               modification.                                            special monitoring plan if we determine               working with states to help them
                                                                                                        that the qualified entity violated any                transition from MSIS to T–MSIS.
                                               6. Collection of an Assessment                           terms of the program. In addition, we                    We recognize commenters’ interest in
                                                  We also looked to the relevant                        already have a number of mechanisms                   accessing Medicaid and CHIP data from
                                               provisions in 42 CFR part 402 and                        in place to monitor qualified entities                CMS rather than going to each state
                                               section 1128A of the Act in framing our                  participating in the program including                individually. We believe that T–MSIS
                                               proposals regarding the collection of an                 audits, site visits, and required                     can create a framework for CMS
                                               Assessment.                                              reporting. We believe the additional                  collection of Medicaid and CHIP data
                                                  We proposed at § 401.719(d)(5)(v) that                annual reporting elements described                   that addresses many of the concerns
                                               CMS be responsible for collecting any                    above will ensure that we can continue                about the timeliness and quality of the
                                               assessment once a determination is                       to monitor qualified entities                         MSIS data that we raised in the
                                               made final by HHS. In addition, we                       appropriately given the changes to the                proposed rule. As a result, we anticipate
                                               proposed that the General Counsel may                    program. As a result, we are finalizing               future rulemaking to make Medicaid
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               compromise an assessment imposed                         our proposed language on termination                  and CHIP data available to qualified
                                               under this part, after consulting with                   of a qualified entity’s agreement at                  entities when the T–MSIS data becomes
                                               CMS or Office of Inspector General                       § 401.721(a)(7).                                      available and is determined to be of
                                               (OIG), and the Federal government may                                                                          sufficient quality for use in public
                                               recover the assessment in a civil action                 G. Additional Data                                    provider performance reporting.
                                               brought in the United States district                      Section 105(c) of MACRA expands, at                    Comment: One commenter suggested
                                               court for the district where the claim                   the discretion of the Secretary, the data             that CMS also allow qualified entities to


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                          44471

                                               request access to Medicare Advantage                     does not reference section 1874(e)(4)(d)              streamline the application process for
                                               data.                                                    of the Act, which provides parameters                 applicants that already have
                                                 Response: We believe section                           for the definition of combined data for               certifications or accreditations that
                                               1874(e)(3) of the Act only allows for the                the purposes of the qualified entity                  demonstrate a high level of security.
                                               disclosure of Medicare claims data                       program, we do not believe these                         Response: We thank commenters for
                                               under Parts A, B, and D, as well as                      requirements for combined data apply                  their feedback on the qualified entity
                                               Medicaid and/or CHIP claims data.                        to qualified clinical data registries                 application process. We believe the
                                                                                                        serving as quasi qualified entities.                  issues raised by commenters on this
                                               H. Qualified Clinical Data Registries
                                                                                                           We believe that the requirements of                topic are outside the scope of this final
                                                  Section 105(b) of MACRA allows                        the qualified entity program, which was               rule. However, we are always looking
                                               qualified clinical data registries to                    created to allow for provider                         for ways to improve the program and
                                               request access to Medicare data for the                  performance reporting, also create an                 will take these comments into
                                               purposes of linking the data with                        appropriate framework for qualified                   consideration.
                                               clinical outcomes data and performing                    clinical data registries to conduct                      Comment: Some commenters
                                               risk-adjusted, scientifically valid                      analyses to support quality                           addressed general program requirements
                                               analyses, and research to support                        improvement and patient safety. In                    of the qualified entity program. One
                                               quality improvement or patient safety.                   addition, we believe that the new                     commenter suggested that qualified
                                               The CMS research data disclosure                         parameters of the qualified entity                    entities that focus on certain clinical
                                               policies already allow qualified clinical                program, discussed in detail above,                   conditions should not have to meet the
                                               data registries to request Medicare data                 would allow qualified clinical data                   same threshold for amount of other
                                               for research purposes. More information                  registries to work directly with                      claims data. Another commenter
                                               on accessing CMS data for research can                   providers and suppliers on issues                     recommended that CMS allow state-
                                               be found on the ResDAC Web site at                       related to quality improvement and                    level public reporting in the qualified
                                               www.resdac.org. Given the existing                       patient safety. Qualified clinical data               entity program. A few commenters
                                               research request processes and                           registries could also elect to become                 stated that CMS should provide
                                               procedures, we proposed not to adopt                     qualified entities and work with                      qualified entities with access to timelier
                                               any new policies or procedures                           providers and suppliers in accordance                 Medicare data. One commenter stated
                                               regarding qualified clinical data                        with applicable laws to develop new                   that some of the existing provisions in
                                               registries’ access to Medicare claims                    quality measures in the context of                    the CMS DUA conflict with
                                               data for quality improvement or patient                  nonpublic analyses that could then be                 requirements in HIPAA, specifically the
                                               safety analyses.                                         used across the healthcare system to                  requirement to destroy data if and when
                                                  Comment: Several commenters                           measure provider and supplier                         an organization leaves the program.
                                               recommended that CMS offer qualified                     performance.                                             Response: We have not established a
                                               clinical data registries an alternative                     Comment: Several commenters                        threshold for the minimum amount of
                                               path to the research request process to                  suggested that CMS make the Social                    other claims an organization needs to
                                               allow them to access CMS data for                        Security Death Master File available to               become a qualified entity. Instead, we
                                               quality improvement and patient safety                   qualified clinical data registries to allow           ask applicants to explain how the data
                                               activities. Commenters stated that                       for enhanced accuracy of patient                      they do have for use in the qualified
                                               qualified clinical data registries need                  outcomes information.                                 entity program will be adequate to
                                               data to conduct quality improvement                         Response: We recognize that death                  address concerns about sample size and
                                               activities that will improve patient care                information is a key aspect of analyses               reliability that have been expressed by
                                               and that, in many cases, this work is not                of patient outcomes, but CMS does not                 stakeholders regarding the calculation of
                                               consistent with the research request                     have the authority to disclose the Social             performance measures from a single
                                               process requirement that the work to                     Security Death Master File to qualified               payer source. Each application is
                                               contribute to generalizable knowledge.                   clinical data registries. However, CMS                evaluated on its collective merit,
                                                  Response: We recognize that the                       has date of death information for                     including the amount of claims data
                                               research request pathway may not be                      Medicare patients and we include this                 from other sources, and its explanation
                                               consistent with types of analyses                        date of death information on the data                 of why that data in combination with
                                               qualified clinical data registries                       files that are shared with qualified                  the requested Medicare data is adequate
                                               envision conducting using the CMS                        entities and those that would be shared               for the stated purposes of the program.
                                               data. As a result, we are modifying the                  with qualified clinical data registries.                 We also do not prohibit qualified
                                               regulations to allow qualified clinical                                                                        entities from publicly reporting their
                                               data registries to serve as quasi-qualified              I. Other Comments                                     findings regarding provider and
                                               entities, provided the qualified clinical                   We received several additional                     supplier performance at the state-level.
                                               data registry agrees to meet all the                     suggestions for improvements to the                   Qualified entities are allowed to report
                                               requirements in this subpart with the                    program regarding topics that were not                on providers and suppliers at any level
                                               exception of the requirement at                          specifically discussed in the preamble                for which the measures can be used,
                                               § 401.707(d) that the organization                       to the proposed rule.                                 provided the statutory and regulatory
                                               submit information about the claims                         Comment: Several commenters raised                 requirements are met, including that no
                                               data it possesses from other sources. In                 issues related to qualified entity                    patient information is disclosed.
                                               addition, for the purposes of qualified                  application process. One commenter                       We currently make data available to
                                               clinical data registries acting as quasi                 suggested CMS make the application                    qualified entities on quarterly basis. We
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               qualified entities under the qualified                   process and costs for becoming a                      believe the timeliness of this data strikes
                                               entity program requirements, we define                   qualified entity more transparent. A few              the right balance between data
                                               combined data as, at a minimum, a set                    commenters suggested that CMS offer                   completeness and data timeliness.
                                               of CMS claims data provided under                        qualified entities better technical                      Finally, we do not believe that
                                               subpart G combined with clinical data                    assistance on the security certification              requirements in the CMS DUA are
                                               or a subset of clinical data. Since the                  step of the approval process. One                     inconsistent with HIPAA. We use a very
                                               language at section 105(b) of MACRA                      commenter recommended that CMS                        similar DUA to share data with HIPAA-


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44472               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               covered providers and suppliers who                         Response: We do not believe that state             program and would like to remind
                                               are participating in Innovation Center                   APCDs are prohibited from becoming                    qualified entities about the provision at
                                               models. We do recognize that some                        qualified entities. However, state APCDs              § 401.709(d) which requires qualified
                                               qualified entities may have trouble                      with an interest in conducting research               entities to produce public reports at
                                               incorporating the Medicare data into                     rather than provider performance                      least annually.
                                               their data systems because they may not                  reporting can also request data from
                                                                                                        CMS via the research request process.                 III. Provisions of the Final Rule
                                               be able to ensure the destruction of this
                                               data once it is linked with other data                   Organizations interested in accessing                    For the most part, this final rule
                                               maintained by the qualified entity.                      CMS data for research should visit                    incorporates the provisions of the
                                               However, we believe that requiring                       www.resdac.org.                                       proposed rule. Those provisions of this
                                               destruction of the data if a qualified                      Comment: One commenter stated that                 final rule that differ from the proposed
                                               entity leaves the program is important                   CMS should adopt a new version of the                 rule are as follows:
                                               for ensuring the privacy and security of                 claims form that includes a field for                    • We modified the definition of
                                               CMS data.                                                unique device identifiers.                            authorized user at § 401.703(j) to:
                                                  Comment: One commenter suggested                         Response: This comment is outside                  Include a federal agency, change the
                                               that CMS clarify how FOIA may or may                     the scope of the qualified entity rule.               term ‘‘state agency’’ to ‘‘state entity’’ to
                                               not apply to data or reports submitted                   That said, CMS uses claims that comply                provide additional clarity, and include
                                               by qualified entities. Another                           with the HIPAA standard transactions                  any contractors (or business associates)
                                               commenter recommended that CMS                           regulations (45 CFR part 162). Any                    that need analyses or data to carry out
                                               clarify how the changes to the qualified                 changes to forms would be achieved                    work on behalf of authorized user third
                                               entity program intersect with other                      through rulemaking under those                        parties.
                                               statutory and regulatory requirements.                   provisions.                                              • We modified the definition of
                                                                                                           Comment: Several commenters stated                 hospital association at § 401.703(n) to
                                                  Response: As we noted above, any
                                                                                                        that they had concerns about the                      include organizations or associations at
                                               information that we collect from
                                                                                                        security of the Medicare data.                        the local level.
                                               qualified entities is subject to FOIA.                      Response: We are committed to                         • At § 401.703(r), we modified the
                                               However, any time we receive a request                   ensuring the privacy and security of all              definition of patient to extend the
                                               for information under FOIA, we always                    data and we believe the existing and                  window for a face-to-face or telehealth
                                               evaluate whether the information is                      new program requirements create an                    appointment to at least once in the past
                                               subject to one of the FOIA exemptions,                   appropriate framework for maintaining                 24 months.
                                               including Exemption 4, which protects                    the security of data disclosed to                        • We added activities that qualify as
                                               commercial or financial information                      qualified entities. Organizations                     treatment under 45 CFR 164.501 to
                                               that is privileged and confidential.                     applying to become qualified entities                 permitted uses of the data subject to the
                                                  We are not able to address the breadth                currently go through a rigorous security              QE DUA.
                                               and scope of laws with which the                         review during the application process.                   • We modified the terms of the QE
                                               qualified entity program requirements                    In addition, we monitor qualified                     DUA to permit authorized users to re-
                                               may intersect in this rule. Such analyses                entities closely to ensure that they                  disclose data subject to the QE DUA as
                                               require case-by-case assessment of the                   continue to maintain appropriate data                 a covered entity would be permitted to
                                               facts at hand, and depending on                          security standards once approved. As                  disclose PHI for treatment activities, as
                                               jurisdiction, may vary based on which                    discussed above, we have also                         allowed under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(2).
                                               state laws apply. Entities should consult                established data security protections                    • At § 401.716(b)(2), we modified the
                                               with their legal counsel to advise them                  that qualified entities must meet when                requirements to clarify that a qualified
                                               on what laws apply to them, and to                       sharing data with authorized users,                   entity may not provide or sell a non-
                                               what effect.                                             including a requirement that the                      public analysis to an issuer for a
                                                  Comment: One commenter suggested                      authorized user report any breaches to                geographic area where the issuer does
                                               that the release of Part D data to                       the qualified entity (and that the                    not provide coverage and, thus, does not
                                               qualified entities should be tailored to                 qualified entity report the breaches to               have any covered lives to contribute to
                                               protect the viability of the Part D                      CMS).                                                 the analyses.
                                               program.                                                    Comment: Several commenters                           • At § 401.716(b)(4)(iii), we allowed
                                                  Response: We are committed to                         recommended that CMS clarify that                     for the disclosure of non-public analyses
                                               ensuring that commercially sensitive                     organizations already approved as                     that individually identify a provider or
                                               information from the Part D program is                   qualified entities would be allowed to                supplier if every provider or supplier
                                               protected. As we stated in the previous                  begin using the Medicare data for the                 identified in the analysis has notified
                                               final rule on the qualified entity                       uses described in this final rule,                    the qualified entity that analyses may be
                                               program, published on December 7,                        regardless of whether the qualified                   disclosed to that authorized user
                                               2011, we are aware of the concerns                       entity has generated a public report.                 without prior review by the provider or
                                               related to, and restrictions governing the                  Response: We would like to clarify                 supplier.
                                               release of certain Part D drug cost                      that once these regulations become                       • We added a procedural step to the
                                               information. Due to these concerns, we                   effective, organizations approved as                  review and error correction process for
                                               only release the Total Drug Cost element                 qualified entities will be allowed to use             non-public analyses at § 401.717(f) to
                                               to qualified entities. We do not release                 the Medicare data to create non-public                include confidential notification of the
                                               the four subcomponents of drug cost:                     analyses and provide or sell such                     provider or supplier.
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               Ingredient cost, dispensing fee, vaccine                 analyses to authorized users, as well                    • We added a new provision at
                                               administration fee, and total amount                     provide or sell combined data, or                     § 401.722(a) to allow a qualified clinical
                                               attributable to sales tax.                               provide Medicare claims data alone at                 data registry that agrees to meet the
                                                  Comment: One commenter stated that                    no cost, to certain authorized users.                 requirements in this subpart, with the
                                               the rule does not address how states that                However, we believe that public                       exception of the requirement to submit
                                               have all payer claims databases (APCDs)                  reporting is a very important aspect of               information on the claims data from
                                               can access Medicare data.                                participation in the qualified entity                 other sources it possesses, to request


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44473

                                               access to Medicare data as a quasi-                      that is responsible for processing the QE             entities may not want to bear the risk of
                                               qualified entity.                                        DUAs and/or non-public analyses                       the potential assessments and have been
                                                                                                        agreement and one that is responsible                 able to accomplish their program goals
                                               IV. Collection of Information
                                                                                                        for maintaining the QE DUA and/or                     under other CMS data sharing programs,
                                               Requirements
                                                                                                        non-public analyses agreement), we                    therefore some qualified entities may
                                                  Under the Paperwork Reduction Act                     believe that both positions would fall                not elect to provide or sell analyses and/
                                               of 1995, we are required to provide 30-                  under the professional/technical                      or data to authorized users. As a result,
                                               day notice in the Federal Register and                   services employee labor category with                 we estimate that 15 qualified entities
                                               solicit public comment before a                          an hourly labor cost of $75.08. There are             will choose to provide or sell analyses
                                               collection of information requirement is                 currently 15 qualified entities; however              and/or data to authorized users, and
                                               submitted to the Office of Management                    we estimate that number will increase to              therefore, would be required to comply
                                               and Budget (OMB) for review and                          20 if these proposals are finalized. This             with these additional reporting
                                               approval. In order to fairly evaluate                    number includes qualified entities and                requirements within the first three years
                                               whether an information collection                        ‘‘quasi qualified entities’’ (meaning                 of the program. We further estimate that
                                               should be approved by OMB, section                       qualified clinical data registries that are           it would take each qualified entity 50
                                               3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork                           approved under § 401.722(a) as                        hours to gather, process, and submit the
                                               Reduction Act of 1995 requires that we                   described in this preamble), which we                 required information. We estimate that
                                               solicit comment on the following issues:                 hereinafter collectively refer to as                  it will take each qualified entity 34
                                                  • The need for the information                        ‘‘qualified entity’’. This would mean                 hours to gather the required
                                               collection and its usefulness in carrying                that to develop each QE DUA and non-                  information, 15 hours to process the
                                               out the proper functions of our agency.                  public analysis agreement, the burden                 information, and 1 hour to submit the
                                                  • The accuracy of our estimate of the                 cost per qualified entity would be                    information to CMS. We believe a
                                               information collection burden.                           $3,045 with a total estimated burden for              professional or technical services
                                                  • The quality, utility, and clarity of                all 15 qualified entities of $45,675. This            employee of the qualified entity with an
                                               the information to be collected.                         does not include the two hours to                     hourly labor cost of $75.08 will fulfill
                                                  • Recommendations to minimize the                     process and maintain each QE DUA.                     these additional annual report
                                               information collection burden on the                        As discussed in the regulatory impact              requirements. We estimate that 15
                                               affected public, including automated                     analysis below, we estimate that each                 qualified entities will need to comply
                                               collection techniques.                                   qualified entity would need to process                with this requirement and that the total
                                                  We solicited public comment on each                   and maintain 70 QE DUAs or non-                       estimated burden associated with this
                                               of these issues for the following sections               public analyses agreements as some                    requirement is $56,310. We requested
                                               of this document that contain                            authorized users may receive both                     comment on the type of employee and
                                               information collection requirements                      datasets and a non-public analyses and                the number of hours that will be needed
                                               (ICRs).                                                  would only need to execute one QE                     to fulfill these additional annual
                                                  Proposed § 401.718(c) and                             DUA. We estimate that it will take each               reporting requirements.
                                               § 401.716(b)(2)(ii) require a qualified                  qualified entity 2 hours to process and                  As a reminder, the final rule for the
                                               entity to enter into a QE DUA with an                    maintain each QE DUA or non-public                    qualified entity program, published
                                               authorized user prior to providing or                    analyses agreement. This would mean                   December 7, 2011, included information
                                               selling data or selling a non-public                     the burden cost per qualified entity to               about the burden associated with the
                                               analyses that contains individually                      process and maintain 70 QE DUAs or                    provisions in that rule. Specifically,
                                               identifiable beneficiary information.                    non-public analyses agreements would                  §§ 401.705 through 401.709 provide the
                                               Proposed § 401.713(d) requires specific                  be $10,511 with a total estimated                     application and reapplication
                                               provisions in the QE DUA. Proposed                       burden for all 15 qualified entities of               requirements for qualified entities. The
                                               § 401.716(c) requires a qualified entity                 $157, 668. While we anticipate that the               burden associated with these
                                               to enter into a non-public analyses                      requirement to create a QE DUA and/or                 requirements is currently approved
                                               agreement with the authorized user as a                  non-public analyses agreement will only               under OMB control number 0938–1144
                                               pre-condition to providing or selling de-                be incurred once by a qualified entity,               with an expiration date of May 31, 2018.
                                               identified analyses. We estimate that it                 we believe that the requirement to                    This package accounts for 35 responses.
                                               will take each qualified entity a total of               process and maintain the QE DUAs and/                 Section 401.713(a) states that as part of
                                               40 hours to develop the QE DUA and                       or non-public analyses will be an                     the application review and approval
                                               non-public analyses agreement. Of the                    ongoing cost.                                         process, a qualified entity would be
                                               40 hours, we estimate it will take a                        These regulations would also require               required to execute a DUA with CMS,
                                               professional/technical services                          a qualified entity to submit additional               that among other things, reaffirms the
                                               employee with an hourly labor cost of                    information as part of its annual report              statutory bar on the use of Medicare
                                               $75.08 a total of 20 hours to develop                    to CMS. A qualified entity is currently               data for purposes other than those
                                               both the QE DUA and non-public                           required to submit an annual report to                referenced above. The burden associated
                                               analyses agreement and estimate that it                  CMS under § 401.719(b). Proposed                      with executing this DUA is currently
                                               will require a total of 20 hours of legal                § 401.719(b)(3) and (4) provide for                   approved under OMB control number
                                               review at an hourly labor cost of $77.16                 additional reporting requirements if a                0938–0734 with an expiration date of
                                               for both the QE DUA and non-public                       qualified entity chooses to provide or                December 31, 2017. This package
                                               analyses agreement. We also estimate                     sell analyses and/or data to authorized               accounts for 9,240 responses (this
                                               that it will take each qualified entity 2                users. The burden associated with this                package covers all CMS DUAs, not only
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               hours to process and maintain each QE                    requirement is the time and effort                    DUAs under the qualified entity
                                               DUA or non-public analyses agreement                     necessary to gather, process, and submit              program). We currently have 15
                                               with an authorized user by a                             the required information to CMS. As                   qualified entities and estimate it will
                                               professional/technical service employee                  noted above, there are currently 15                   increase to 20 so we have not surpassed
                                               with an hourly labor cost of $75.08.                     qualified entities; however we estimate               the previously approved numbers.
                                               While there may be two different staff                   that number will increase to 20 if these                 We based the hourly labor costs on
                                               positions that perform these duties (one                 proposals are finalized. Some qualified               those reported by the Bureau of Labor


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44474                         Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               Statistics (BLS) at http://data.bls.gov/                                           for 2014 and added 100 percent for
                                               pdq/querytool.jsp?survey=ce for this                                               overhead and fringe benefit costs.
                                               labor category. We used the annual rate
                                                                                                                                 TABLE 1—COLLECTION OF INFORMATION
                                                                                                                                                             Number of                                             Hourly labor            Total labor
                                                                                                                                                                             Burden per             Total annual
                                                                                                                    OMB Control                 Number of     responses                                              cost of                 cost of             Total cost
                                                               Regulation section(s)                                                                                          response                burden
                                                                                                                       No.                     respondents       per                                                reporting               reporting               ($)
                                                                                                                                                                               (hours)                (hours)
                                                                                                                                                             respondent                                               ($) *                    ($)

                                               § 401.718, § 401.716, and § 401.713 (DUA                            0938 New ........                   15              1                     20             300              75.08                 22,524            22,524
                                                  and non-public analyses agreement De-
                                                  velopment).
                                               § 401.718 and § 401.716 (Legal Review) ....                         0938 New ........                   15              1                     20             300              77.16               23,148              23,148
                                               § 401.718 and § 401.716 (Processing and                             0938 New ........                   15             70                      2           2,100              75.08              157,668             157,668
                                                  Maintenance).
                                               § 401.719(b) .................................................      0938 New ........                   15              1                     50             750               75.08                56,310            56,310

                                                     Total .....................................................   .........................           15             73     ....................         3,450    ....................   ....................      259,650
                                                 * The values listed are based on 100 percent overhead and fringe benefit calculations.
                                                 Note: There are no capital/maintenance costs associated with the information collection requirements contained in this rule; therefore, we have removed the associ-
                                               ated column from Table 1.


                                                 If you comment on these information                                              may spend more hours than other                                      analyses, and the date on which the
                                               collection and recordkeeping                                                       qualified entities to develop, process,                              qualified entity will release the analyses
                                               requirements, please submit your                                                   and maintain QE DUAs and non-public                                  to the authorized user. This date should
                                               comments to the Office of Information                                              analyses agreements. For example, some                               be at least 65 calendar days from the
                                               and Regulatory Affairs, Office of                                                  qualified entities may spend 60 hours to                             date the provider or supplier is notified
                                               Management and Budget,                                                             develop the QE DUA and non-public                                    of the analyses.
                                               Attention: CMS Desk Officer, CMS–                                                  analyses agreement and other qualified                                  Given these procedural changes to the
                                                 5061–F                                                                           entities will spend 30 hours. However,                               review and corrections process in the
                                               Fax: (202) 395–6974; or                                                            we believe that 40 hours to develop the                              context of the non-public analyses, we
                                               Email: OIRA_submission@omb.eop.gov                                                 QE DUA and the non-public analyses                                   believe that the 3 hours average estimate
                                                                                                                                  agreement and 2 hours to process each                                for providers and suppliers to review
                                               V. Regulatory Impact Statement                                                     QE DUA and the non-public analyses                                   non-public analyses is a sufficient
                                                 In accordance with the provisions of                                             agreement is a reasonable average.                                   estimate of provider and supplier
                                               Executive Order 12866, this regulation                                               Comment: We received a few                                         burden. This average takes into account
                                               was reviewed by the Office of                                                      comments about the impact on                                         the range of potential cases given the
                                               Management and Budget.                                                             providers and suppliers. One                                         new review and corrections process. In
                                                                                                                                  commenter suggested that CMS                                         some cases, for example, notification
                                               A. Response to Comments
                                                                                                                                  reconsider the assumption that all 1500                              may be sufficient to meet the needs of
                                                 We received a few comments on the                                                small rural hospitals would not be                                   providers or suppliers. In other cases,
                                               anticipated effects of these                                                       impacted by this rule and that the 3                                 however, where the analyses are similar
                                               modifications to the qualified entity                                              hour average estimate for providers and                              to previous analyses or use data the
                                               program.                                                                           suppliers to review non-public analyses                              provider or supplier has already
                                                 Comment: One commenter suggested                                                 appears too low. Another commenter                                   corrected, the provider or supplier may
                                               that it would take each qualified entity                                           suggested that CMS monitor provider                                  choose not to review the analyses. In
                                               an estimated 60 hours to develop and                                               burden as expanded data access unfolds                               addition, as discussed in the proposed
                                               review the QE DUA and non-public                                                   and the number of qualified entities and                             rule, even if a provider or supplier
                                               analyses agreement. Of those 60 hours,                                             authorized users begin to grow.                                      requests the non-public analyses, there
                                               30 hours would be to develop the QE                                                  Response: We appreciate commenters’                                will be variability in the amount of time
                                               DUA and non-public analyses                                                        concerns about the potential impact on                               providers or suppliers will need for the
                                               agreement and 30 would be needed for                                               providers and suppliers. As discussed                                review and corrections process.
                                               legal review. In addition, the commenter                                           above in section II.A.4, we made                                        As discussed in the proposed rule, we
                                               estimated that it would take each                                                  procedural changes to the proposed                                   do not anticipate this rule will have a
                                               qualified entity 3 hours to process and                                            review and corrections process for non-                              significant impact on the operations of
                                               maintain each QE DUA and non-public                                                public analyses in order to reduce                                   a substantial number of small rural
                                               analyses agreement.                                                                burden to both qualified entities and                                hospitals because we anticipate that
                                                 Response: In the proposed rule, we                                               providers and suppliers. As a first step                             most qualified entities will focus their
                                               estimated that it would take each                                                  of the review and correction process, the                            performance evaluation efforts on
                                               qualified entity 40 hours to develop and                                           qualified entity would be required to                                metropolitan areas where the majority of
                                               review the QE DUA and non-public                                                   notify the provider or supplier that                                 health services are provided. In
                                               analyses agreement. Of those 40 hours,                                             analyses that individually identify the                              addition, given the limited number of
                                               20 hours would be needed to develop                                                provider or supplier are going to be                                 health services provided in rural
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               the QE DUA and non-public analyses                                                 released to an authorized user and allow                             regions, we anticipate that any analyses
                                               agreement and 20 hours would be                                                    the provider or supplier to opt-in to the                            that included rural regions would not
                                               needed for legal review. We also                                                   review and corrections process at                                    individually identify the providers or
                                               estimated that it would take 2 hours to                                            § 401.717(a) through (e). This                                       suppliers, but rather focus on regional
                                               process and maintain each QE DUA and                                               notification should include a short                                  or state metrics. As suggested by a
                                               non-public analyses agreement. We                                                  summary of the analyses, the process for                             commenter, we will monitor provider
                                               recognize that some qualified entities                                             the provider or supplier to request the                              burden as the number of qualified


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014           17:38 Jul 06, 2016           Jkt 238001        PO 00000          Frm 00020    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700     E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM            07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44475

                                               entities grows and more non-public                       a significant economic impact on a                    significant impact on the operations of
                                               analyses are provided to authorized                      substantial number of small entities.                 a substantial number of small rural
                                               users.                                                      For section 105(a) of MACRA, we                    hospitals.
                                                                                                        estimate that two types of entities may                  Section 202 of the Unfunded
                                               B. Overall Impact                                        be affected by the additional program                 Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
                                                  We have examined the impacts of this                  opportunities: Qualified entities that                also requires that agencies assess
                                               rule as required by Executive Order                      choose to provide or sell non-public                  anticipated costs and benefits before
                                               12866 on Regulatory Planning and                         analyses or data to authorized users; and             issuing any rule whose mandates
                                               Review (September 30, 1993), the                         providers and suppliers who are                       require spending in any 1 year of $100
                                               Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)                         identified in the non-public analyses                 million in 1995 dollars, updated
                                               (September 19, 1980, 96), section                        create by qualified entities and provided             annually for inflation. In 2016, that
                                               1102(b) of the Act, section 202 of the                   or sold to authorized users.                          threshold is approximately $146
                                               Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995                        We anticipate that most providers and              million. This final rule will not impose
                                               (Pub. L. 104–4), Executive Order 13132                   suppliers that may be identified in                   spending costs on state, local, or tribal
                                               on Federalism (August 4, 1999), and the                  qualified entities’ non-public analyses               governments in the aggregate, or by the
                                               Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C.                       will be hospitals and physicians. Many                private sector, of $146 million or more.
                                               804(2)).                                                 hospitals and most other healthcare                   Specifically, as explained below we
                                                  Executive Order 12866 directs                         providers and suppliers are small                     anticipate the total impact of this rule
                                               agencies to assess all costs and benefits                entities, either by being nonprofit                   on all parties to be approximately $58
                                               of available regulatory alternatives and,                organizations or by meeting the Small                 million.
                                               if regulation is necessary, to select                    Business Administration definition of a                  Executive Order 13132 establishes
                                                                                                        small business (having revenues of less               certain requirements that an agency
                                               regulatory approaches that maximize
                                                                                                        than $38.5 million in any 1 year) (for                must meet when it promulgates a
                                               net benefits (including potential
                                                                                                        details see the Small Business                        proposed rule (and subsequent final
                                               economic, environmental, public health
                                                                                                        Administration’s Web site at https://                 rule) that imposes substantial direct
                                               and safety effects, distributive impacts,
                                                                                                        www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/                requirement costs on State and local
                                               and equity). A regulatory impact
                                                                                                        Size_Standards_Table.pdf (refer to the                governments, preempts State law, or
                                               analysis (RIA) must be prepared for
                                                                                                        620000 series). For purposes of the RFA,              otherwise has Federalism implications.
                                               major rules with economically
                                                                                                        physicians are considered small                       We have examined this final rule in
                                               significant effects ($100 million or more
                                                                                                        businesses if they generate revenues of               accordance with Executive Order 13132
                                               in any 1 year). For the reasons discussed
                                                                                                        $11 million or less based on Small                    and have determined that this
                                               below, we estimate that the total impact                 Business Administration size standards.
                                               of this final rule will be less than $58                                                                       regulation will not have any substantial
                                                                                                        Approximately 95 percent of physicians                direct effect on State or local
                                               million and therefore, it will not reach                 are considered to be small entities.
                                               the threshold for economically                                                                                 governments, preempt States, or
                                                                                                           The analysis and discussion provided               otherwise have a Federalism
                                               significant effects and is not considered                in this section and elsewhere in this
                                               a major rule.                                                                                                  implication.
                                                                                                        final rule complies with the RFA
                                                  The RFA requires agencies to analyze                  requirements. Because we acknowledge                  C. Anticipated Effects
                                               options for regulatory relief of small                   that many of the affected entities are
                                               businesses, if a rule has a significant                                                                        1. Impact on Qualified Entities
                                                                                                        small entities, the analysis discussed
                                               impact on a substantial number of small                  throughout the preamble of this final                    Because section 105(a) of MACRA
                                               entities. For purposes of the RFA, we                    rule constitutes our regulatory flexibility           allows qualified entities to use the data
                                               estimate that most hospitals and most                    analysis for the remaining provisions                 in new ways to provide or sell non-
                                               other providers are small entities as that               and addresses comments received on                    public analyses or data to authorized
                                               term is used in the RFA (including                       these issues.                                         users, there is little quantitative
                                               small businesses, nonprofit                                 In addition, section 1102(b) of the Act            information to inform our estimates on
                                               organizations, and small governmental                    requires us to prepare a regulatory                   the number of analyses and datasets that
                                               jurisdictions). However, since the total                 impact analysis, if a rule may have a                 the qualified entity costs may provide or
                                               estimated impact of this rule is less than               significant impact on the operations of               sell or on the costs associated with the
                                               $100 million, and the total estimated                    a substantial number of small rural                   creation of the non-public analyses or
                                               impact will be spread over 82,500                        hospitals. Any such regulatory impact                 datasets. Therefore, we look to the
                                               providers and suppliers (who are the                     analysis must conform to the provisions               estimates from the original qualified
                                               subject of reports), no one entity will                  of section 604 of the RFA. For purposes               entity rules to estimate the number of
                                               face significant impact. Of the 82,500                   of section 1102(b) of the Act, we define              hours that it may take to create non-
                                               providers, we estimate that 78,605 will                  a small rural hospital as a hospital that             public analyses, to process provider/
                                               be physician offices that have average                   is located outside of a metropolitan                  supplier appeals and revisions, and to
                                               annual receipts of $11 million and 4,125                 statistical area and has fewer than 100               complete annual reports. We also
                                               will be hospitals that have average                      beds. We do not believe this final rule               looked to the Centers for Medicare and
                                               annual receipts of $38.5 million. As                     has impact on significant operations of               Medicaid’s cost of providing data to
                                               discussed below, the estimated cost per                  a substantial number of small rural                   qualified entities since qualified
                                               provider is $8,426 (see table 5 below)                   hospitals because we anticipate that                  entities’ data fees are equal to the
                                               and the estimated cost per hospital is                   most qualified entities will focus their              government’s cost to make the data
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               $6,523 (see table 5 below). For both                     performance evaluation efforts on                     available.
                                               types of entities, these costs will be a                 metropolitan areas where the majority of                 There are currently 15 qualified
                                               very small percentage of overall                         health services are provided. As a result,            entities and these qualified entities all
                                               receipts. Thus, we are not preparing an                  this rule will not have a significant                 are in different stages of the qualified
                                               analysis of options for regulatory relief                impact on small rural hospitals.                      entity program. For example, some
                                               of small businesses because we have                      Therefore, the Secretary has determined               qualified entities have released public
                                               determined that this rule will not have                  that this final rule will not have a                  reports and some qualified entities are


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44476                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                               still completing the security                                             will be incurring extra costs. As                                       by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS)
                                               requirements in order to receive                                          discussed above, we believe the total                                   at http://data.bls.gov/pdq/
                                               Medicare data. Given the requirements                                     number of qualified entities will                                       querytool.jsp?survey=ce. We used the
                                               in the different phases and the current                                   ultimately grow to 20 in subsequent                                     annual rates for 2014 and added 100
                                               status of the qualified entities, we                                      years, with 15 entities providing or                                    percent for overhead and fringe benefit
                                               estimate that 11 qualified entities will                                  selling analyses and/or data to                                         costs. These rates are displayed in Table
                                               be able to provide or sell analyses and/                                  authorized users. In estimating qualified                               2.
                                               or data to authorized users within the                                    entity impacts, we used hourly labor
                                               first year of the program, and therefore,                                 costs in several labor categories reported

                                                                                                TABLE 2—LABOR RATES FOR QUALIFIED ENTITY IMPACT ESTIMATES
                                                                                                                                                                                                   2014          OH and
                                                                                                                                                                                                Hourly wage                    Total hourly
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  fringe
                                                                                                                                                                                                   rate                           costs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 (100%)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  (BLS)

                                               Professional and technical services ............................................................................................                       $37.54         $37.54          $75.08
                                               Legal review .................................................................................................................................          38.58          38.58           77.16
                                               Custom computer programming ..................................................................................................                          43.05          43.05           86.10
                                               Data processing and hosting .......................................................................................................                     34.02          34.02           68.04
                                               Other information services ...........................................................................................................                  39.72          39.72           79.44



                                                  We estimate that within the first year                                 datasets containing all data types for a                                address them will also vary greatly.
                                               that 11 qualified entities will provide or                                cohort of 750,000 to 1.75 million                                       Many appeals may be able to be dealt
                                               sell on average 55 non-public analyses                                    beneficiaries to 35 authorized users. We                                with in an hour or less while some
                                               or provide or sell 35 datasets. We do not                                 estimate that it will require 226 hours to                              appeals may require multiple meetings
                                               believe the number of datasets and non-                                   create each dataset that will be provided                               between the qualified entity and the
                                               public analyses per qualified entity will                                 to an authorized user. We looked to the                                 affected provider or supplier. On
                                               change in future years of the program.                                    Centers for Medicare and Medicaid                                       average, however, we believe that this is
                                                  In the original proposed rule for the                                  Centers’ data costs and time to estimate                                a reasonable estimate of the burden of
                                               qualified entity program (76 FR 33566),                                   a qualified entity’s costs and time to                                  the appeals process on qualified
                                               we estimated that each qualified                                          create datasets. While the majority of                                  entities. We discuss the burden of the
                                               entities’ activities to analyze the                                       the time will be devoted to computer                                    appeals process on providers and
                                               Medicare claims data, calculate                                           processing, we anticipate about 100                                     suppliers below.
                                               performance measures and produce                                          hours will be spent on computer                                            We estimate that each qualified entity
                                               public provider performance reports                                       programming, particularly if the                                        will spend 40 hours creating a non-
                                               will require 5,500 hours of effort per                                    qualified entity is de-identiying the                                   public analyses agreement template and
                                               qualified entity. We anticipate under                                     data.                                                                   a QE DUA. We also estimate that it will
                                               this final rule that implements section                                     We further estimate that, on average,                                 take a qualified entity 2 hours to process
                                               105(a) of MACRA that qualified entities                                   each qualified entity will expend 7,500                                 a QE DUA or non-public analyses
                                               will base the non-public analyses on                                      hours of effort processing providers’ and                               agreement.
                                               their public performance reports.                                         suppliers’ appeals of their performance                                    Finally, we estimate that each
                                               Therefore, the creation of the non-public                                 reports and producing revised reports,                                  qualified entity will spend 50 hours on
                                               analyses will require much less effort                                    including legal review of the appeals                                   the additional annual reporting
                                               and only require a fraction of the time                                   and revised reports. These estimates                                    requirements.
                                               it takes to produce the public reports.                                   assume that, as discussed below in the                                     Qualified entities will be required to
                                               We estimate that a qualified entity’s                                     section on provider and supplier                                        notify CMS of inappropriate disclosures
                                               activities for each non-public analysis to                                impacts, on average 25 percent of                                       or use of beneficiary identifiable data
                                               analyze the Medicare claims data,                                         providers and suppliers will appeal                                     pursuant to the requirements in the
                                               calculate performance measures, and                                       their results from a qualified entity.                                  CMS DUA. We believe that the report
                                               produce the report will require 320                                       Responding to these appeals in an                                       generated in response to an
                                               hours, between five and six percent of                                    appropriate manner will require a                                       inappropriate disclosure or use of
                                               the time to produce the public reports.                                   significant investment of time on the                                   beneficiary identifiable data will be
                                               We anticipate that half of this time will                                 part of qualified entities. This equates to                             generated as a matter of course by the
                                               be spent on data analysis, measure                                        an average of four hours per appeal for                                 qualified entities and therefore, will not
                                               calculation, and report creation and the                                  each qualified entity. These estimates                                  require significant additional effort.
                                               other half on data processing.                                            are similar to those in the Qualified                                   Based on the assumptions we have
                                                  We anticipate that within the first                                    Entities final rule. We assume that the                                 described, we estimate the total impact
                                               year of the program a qualified entity                                    complexity of appeals will vary greatly,                                on qualified entities for the first year of
                                               will, on average, provide one-year                                        and as such, the time required to                                       the program to be a cost of $27,925,198.
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014         17:38 Jul 06, 2016       Jkt 238001       PO 00000       Frm 00022       Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM     07JYR3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                                                                                                        44477

                                                                                    TABLE 3—IMPACT ON QUALIFIED ENTITIES FOR THE FIRST YEAR OF THE PROGRAM
                                                                                                                                       Hours
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Cost per              Number of              Number of
                                                                                                                                                                                           Labor hourly                                                                                Total cost
                                                                Activity                       Professional                                   Computer                 Data                                        authorized             authorized              qualified
                                                                                                                                                                                              cost                                                                                      impact
                                                                                                   and                     Legal              program-              processsing                                       user                  users                 entities
                                                                                                technical                                       ming                and hosting

                                                                                                                                                 [Impact on Qualified Entities]

                                               Dissemination of Data

                                               Data processing & hosting ........              ....................   ....................   ....................                 126               $68.04                 $8,573                        35                    11      $3,300,620
                                               Computer programming ............               ....................   ....................                 100      ....................             86.10                  8,610                        35                    11       3,314,850

                                                     Total: Dissemination of
                                                       Data ................................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   $6,615,470

                                                                                                                                                         Non-Public Analyses

                                               Data analysis/measure calcula-
                                                 tion/report preparation ...........           ....................   ....................                 160      ....................             86.10                13,776                        55                     11       8,334,480
                                               Data Processing and hosting ....                ....................   ....................   ....................                 160                68.04                10,886                        55                     11       6,586,272

                                                     Total: Non-public Analyses                ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   14,920,752

                                                                                                                              Processing of Provider Appeals and Report Revision

                                               Qualified entity processing of
                                                provider appeals and report
                                                revision ..................................               5,500       ....................   ....................   ....................             75.08               412,940         ....................                  11       4,542,340
                                               Qualified entity legal analysis of
                                                provider appeals and report
                                                revisions .................................    ....................              2,000       ....................   ....................              77.16              154,320         ....................                   11      1,697,520

                                                     Total: Qualified entity proc-
                                                       essing of provider ap-
                                                       peals and report revision               ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................    6,239,860

                                                                                                                                   QE DUA and Non-Public Analyses Agreements

                                               QE DUA and Non-public anal-
                                                yses:
                                                  Development of the QE
                                                    DUA and non-public
                                                    analyses agreement .......                                 20     ....................   ....................   ....................             75.08                    1502       ....................                   11         16,518
                                                  Legal review of the QE
                                                    DUA and non-public
                                                    analyses agreement .......                 ....................                   20     ....................   ....................              77.16                 1,543        ....................                   11         16,975
                                                  Processing QE DUA and
                                                    non-public analyses
                                                    agreement ......................                            2     ....................   ....................   ....................              75.08                    150                       70                    11         115,623

                                                         Total QE DUA and
                                                            non-public analyses
                                                            agreements .............           ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................      149,116
                                                     Additional Annual Report
                                                       Requirements .................                         50      ....................   ....................   ....................              75.08                 3,754        ....................                   11         41,294

                                                           Total qualified entity
                                                             Impacts ....................      ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   27,966,492



                                               2. Impact on Healthcare Providers and                                            providers and suppliers using data from                                                statistical validity of the measure
                                               Suppliers                                                                        other sources, and that providers and                                                  findings.
                                                 We note that numerous healthcare                                               suppliers are already receiving                                                           Table 4 reflects the hourly labor rates
                                               payers, community quality                                                        performance reports from these sources.                                                used in our estimate of the impacts of
                                               collaboratives, States, and other                                                We anticipate that the review of non-                                                  the first year of section 105(a) of
                                               organizations are producing                                                      public analyses will merely be added to                                                MACRA on healthcare providers and
                                               performance measures for healthcare                                              those existing efforts to improve the                                                  suppliers.
                                                                                           TABLE 4—LABOR RATES FOR PROVIDER AND SUPPLIER IMPACT ESTIMATES
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       2014
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Overhead and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Hourly wage                                                    Total hourly
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  fringe benefits
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       rate                                                           costs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (100%)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (BLS)

                                               Physicians’ offices .......................................................................................................................                                       $38.27                         $38.27                    $76.54
                                               Hospitals ......................................................................................................................................                                   29.65                          29.65                     59.30




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014          17:38 Jul 06, 2016         Jkt 238001          PO 00000         Frm 00023          Fmt 4701         Sfmt 4700         E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM                   07JYR3


                                               44478                     Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                 We anticipate that the impacts on                                     process where the analysis only                                              preparing the appeal will involve an
                                               providers and suppliers consist of costs                                individually identifies the (singular)                                       average of seven hours of effort on the
                                               to review the performance reports                                       provider or supplier who is being                                            part of a provider or supplier. As with
                                               generated by qualified entities and, if                                 provided or sold the analysis. Based on                                      our assumptions regarding the level of
                                               they choose, appeal the performance                                     our review of information from existing                                      effort required by qualified entities in
                                               calculations. We believe, on average,                                   programs, we assume that 95 percent of                                       operating the appeals process, we
                                               each qualified entity will produce non-                                 the recipients of performance reports                                        believe that this average covers a range
                                               public analyses that in total include                                   (that is, an average of 7,125 per qualified                                  of provider efforts from providers who
                                               information on 7,500 health providers                                   entity) will be physicians, and 5 percent                                    will need just one or two hours to
                                               and suppliers. This is based on                                         (that is, an average of 375 per qualified                                    clarify any questions or concerns
                                               estimates in the qualified entity final                                 entity) will be hospitals and other                                          regarding their performance reports to
                                               rule, but also include an increase of 50                                suppliers. Providers and suppliers                                           providers who will devote significant
                                               percent because we believe that more                                    receive these reports with no obligation                                     time and resources to the appeals
                                               providers and suppliers will be                                         to review them, but we assume that                                           process.
                                               included in the non-public analyses. We                                 most will do so to verify that their
                                               anticipate that the largest proportion of                               calculated performance measures reflect                                         Using the hourly costs displayed in
                                               providers and suppliers will be                                         their actual patients and health events.                                     Table 4, the impacts on providers and
                                               physicians because they comprise the                                    Because these non-public analyses will                                       suppliers are calculated below in Table
                                               largest group of providers and suppliers,                               be based on the same underlying data as                                      5. Based on the assumptions we have
                                               and are a primary focus of many recent                                  the public performance reports, we                                           described, we estimate the total impact
                                               performance evaluation efforts. We also                                 estimate that it will take less time for                                     on providers for the first year of the
                                               believe that many providers and                                         providers or suppliers to review these                                       program to be a cost of $29,690,386.
                                               suppliers will be the recipients of the                                 analyses and generate an appeal. We                                             As stated above in Table 3, we
                                               non-public analyses in order to support                                 estimate that, on average, each provider                                     estimate the total impact on qualified
                                               their own performance improvement                                       or supplier will devote three hours to                                       entities to be a cost of $27,966,492.
                                               activities, and therefore, there will be no                             reviewing these analyses. We also                                            Therefore, the total impact on qualified
                                               requirement for a correction or appeals                                 estimate that 25 percent of the providers                                    entities and on providers and suppliers
                                               process. As discussed above, there is no                                and suppliers will decide to appeal their                                    for the first year of the program is
                                               requirement for a corrections or appeals                                performance calculations, and that                                           estimated to be $57,656,878.

                                                                          TABLE 5—IMPACT ON PROVIDERS AND SUPPLIERS FOR THE FIRST YEAR OF THE PROGRAM
                                                                                                                     Hours per provider                                                                     Number of              Number of
                                                                                                                                                             Labor hourly              Cost per             providers                                     Total cost
                                                                       Activity                                                                                                                                                     qualified
                                                                                                                 Physician                                      cost                   provider            per qualified                                   impact
                                                                                                                                        Hospitals                                                                                    entities
                                                                                                                  offices                                                                                     entity

                                                                                                                              [Impact on Providers and Suppliers]

                                               Physician office review of performance
                                                 reports ..................................................                      3    ....................            $76.54                   $230                   7,125                       11     $18,026,250
                                               Hospital review of performance reports ...                      ....................                     3              59.30                    178                     375                       11         734,250
                                               Physician office preparing and submitting
                                                 appeal requests to qualified entities ....                                      7    ....................              76.54                     536                 1,781                       11      10,500,776
                                               Hospital preparing and submitting appeal
                                                 requests to qualified entities ................               ....................                     7              59.30                      415                      94                     11         429,110

                                                     Total Impact on Providers and Sup-
                                                       pliers ..............................................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................   ....................    29,690,386



                                               D. Alternatives Considered                                              have reduced additional restrictions on                                      providers to be a cost of $57,656,878.
                                                                                                                       re-disclosure or permitted data or                                           While we anticipate the number of
                                                 The statutory provisions added by
                                               section 105(a) of MACRA are detailed                                    analyses to be re-disclosed to additional                                    qualified entities to increase slightly, we
                                               and prescriptive about the permissible                                  downstream users. While these                                                do not anticipate significant growth in
                                               uses of the data under the Qualified                                    approaches might reduce costs for                                            the qualified entity program given the
                                               Entity Program. We believe there are                                    qualified entities, we did not adopt such                                    qualified entity program requirements,
                                               limited approaches that will ensure                                     an approach because of the importance                                        as well as other existing programs that
                                               statutory compliance. We considered                                     of protecting beneficiary data. We                                           allow entities to obtain Medicare data.
                                               less prescriptive requirements on the                                   believe if we do not require qualified                                       Based on these estimates, we conclude
                                               provisions that will need to be included                                entities to provide sufficient evidence of                                   this final rule does not reach the
                                               in the agreements between qualified                                     data privacy and security protection                                         threshold for economically significant
                                               entities and authorized users that                                      capabilities, there will be increased                                        effects and thus is not considered a
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               received or purchased analyses or data.                                 risks related to the protection of                                           major rule.
                                               For example, we could have required                                     beneficiary identifiable data.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       In accordance with the provisions of
                                               less strenuous data privacy and security                                E. Conclusion                                                                Executive Order 12866, this regulation
                                               protections such as not setting a                                                                                                                    was reviewed by the Office of
                                               minimum standard for protection of                                        As explained above, we estimate the
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Management and Budget.
                                               beneficiary identifiable data or non-                                   total impact for the first year of the
                                               public analyses. In addition, we could                                  program on qualified entities and


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014        17:38 Jul 06, 2016       Jkt 238001       PO 00000      Frm 00024        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM             07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44479

                                               List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 401                         (o) Healthcare Provider and/or                     requirements of this subpart, and as a
                                                 Claims, Freedom of information,                        Supplier Association means a nonprofit                pre-condition of selling or disclosing
                                               Health facilities, Medicare, Privacy.                    organization or association that provides             any combined data or any Medicare
                                                                                                        unified representation and advocacy for               claims data (or any beneficiary-
                                                 For the reasons set forth in the                       providers and suppliers at the national               identifiable derivative data of either
                                               preamble, the Centers for Medicare &                     or state level and whose membership is                kind) and as a pre-condition of selling
                                               Medicaid Services amends 42 CFR part                     comprised of a majority of suppliers or               or disclosing non-public analyses that
                                               401 as set forth below:                                  providers.                                            include individually identifiable
                                                                                                           (p) State Entity means any office,                 beneficiary data, the qualified entity
                                               PART 401—GENERAL
                                                                                                        department, division, bureau, board,                  must enter a DUA (hereinafter the QE
                                               ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                        commission, agency, institution, or                   DUA) with the authorized user. Among
                                               ■  1. The authority citation for part 401                committee within the executive branch                 other things laid out in this subpart,
                                               is revised to read as follows:                           of a state government.                                such QE DUA must contractually bind
                                                                                                           (q) Combined data means, at a                      the authorized user (including any
                                                 Authority: Secs. 1102, 1871, and 1874(e)               minimum, a set of CMS claims data
                                               of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302,                                                                    contractors or business associates
                                                                                                        provided under this subpart combined                  described in the definition of authorized
                                               1395hh, and 1395w–5) and sec. 105, Pub. L.
                                                                                                        with claims data, or a subset of claims               user) to the following:
                                               114–10, 129 Stat. 87.
                                                                                                        data from at least one of the other claims               (1)(i) The authorized user may be
                                               ■ 2. Section 401.703 is amended by                       data sources described in § 401.707(d).               permitted to use such data and non-
                                               adding paragraphs (j) through (u) to read                   (r) Patient means an individual who                public analyses in a manner that a
                                               as follows:                                              has visited the provider or supplier for              HIPAA Covered Entity could do under
                                                                                                        a face-to-face or telehealth appointment              the following provisions:
                                               § 401.703   Definitions.
                                                                                                        at least once in the past 24 months.
                                               *      *     *     *     *                                                                                        (A) Activities falling under paragraph
                                                                                                           (s) Marketing means the same as the
                                                  (j) Authorized user is a third party and                                                                    (1) of the definition of ‘‘health care
                                                                                                        term ‘‘marketing’’ at 45 CFR 164.501
                                               its contractors (including, where                                                                              operations’’ under 45 CFR 164.501:
                                                                                                        without the exception to the bar for
                                               applicable, business associates as that                                                                        Quality improvement activities,
                                                                                                        ‘‘consent’’ based marketing.
                                               term is defined at 45 CFR 160.103) that                     (t) Violation means a failure to                   including care coordination activities
                                               need analyses or data covered by this                    comply with a requirement of a CMS                    and efforts to track and manage medical
                                               section to carry out work on behalf of                   DUA (CMS data use agreement) or QE                    costs; patient-safety activities;
                                               that third party (meaning not the                        DUA (qualified entity data use                        population-based activities such as
                                               qualified entity or the qualified entity’s               agreement).                                           those aimed at improving patient safety,
                                               contractors) to whom/which the                              (u) Required by law means the same                 quality of care, or population health,
                                               qualified entity provides or sells data as               as the phrase ‘‘required by law’’ at 45               including the development of new
                                               permitted under this subpart.                            CFR 164.103.                                          models of care, the development of
                                               Authorized user third parties are limited                ■ 3. Section 401.713 is amended by
                                                                                                                                                              means to expand coverage and improve
                                               to the following entities:                               revising paragraph (a) and adding                     access to healthcare, the development of
                                                  (1) A provider.                                       paragraph (d) to read as follows:                     means of reducing healthcare
                                                  (2) A supplier.                                                                                             disparities, and the development or
                                                  (3) A medical society.                                § 401.713 Ensuring the privacy and                    improvement of methods of payment or
                                                  (4) A hospital association.                           security of data.                                     coverage policies.
                                                  (5) An employer.                                         (a) Data use agreement between CMS                    (B) Activities falling under paragraph
                                                  (6) A health insurance issuer.                        and a qualified entity. A qualified entity            (2) of the definition of ‘‘health care
                                                  (7) A healthcare provider and/or                      must comply with the data requirements                operations’’ under 45 CFR 164.501:
                                               supplier association.                                    in its data use agreement with CMS                    Reviewing the competence or
                                                  (8) A state entity.                                   (hereinafter the CMS DUA). Contractors                qualifications of health care
                                                  (9) A federal agency.                                 (including, where applicable, business                professionals, evaluating practitioner
                                                  (k) Employer has the same meaning as                  associates) of qualified entities that are            and provider performance, health plan
                                               the term ‘‘employer’’ as defined in                      anticipated to have access to the                     performance, conducting training
                                               section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement                  Medicare claims data or beneficiary                   programs in which students, trainees, or
                                               Insurance Security Act of 1974.                          identifiable data in the context of this              practitioners in areas of health care
                                                  (l) Health insurance issuer has the                   program are also required to execute                  learn under supervision to practice or
                                               same meaning as the term ‘‘health                        and comply with the CMS DUA. The                      improve their skills as health care
                                               insurance issuer’’ as defined in section                 CMS DUA will require the qualified                    providers, training of non-health care
                                               2791 of the Public Health Service Act.                   entity to maintain privacy and security               professionals, accreditation,
                                                  (m) Medical society means a nonprofit                 protocols throughout the duration of the              certification, licensing, or credentialing
                                               organization or association that provides                agreement with CMS, and will ban the                  activities.
                                               unified representation and advocacy for                  use or disclosure of Medicare data or                    (C) Activities that qualify as ‘‘fraud
                                               physicians at the national or state level                any derivative data for purposes other                and abuse detection or compliance
                                               and whose membership is comprised of                     than those set out in this subpart. The               activities’’ under 45 CFR
                                               a majority of physicians.                                CMS DUA will also prohibit the use of                 164.506(c)(4)(ii).
                                                  (n) Hospital association means a                      unsecured telecommunications to                          (D) Activities that qualify as
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               nonprofit organization or association                    transmit such data, and will specify the              ‘‘treatment’’ under 45 CFR 164.501.
                                               that provides unified representation and                 circumstances under which such data                      (ii) All other uses and disclosures of
                                               advocacy for hospitals or health systems                 must be stored and may be transmitted.                such data and/or such non-public
                                               at a national, state, or local level and                 *      *    *     *     *                             analyses must be forbidden except to
                                               whose membership is comprised of a                          (d) Data use agreement between a                   the extent a disclosure qualifies as a
                                               majority of hospitals and health                         qualified entity and an authorized user.              ‘‘required by law’’ disclosure as defined
                                               systems.                                                 In addition to meeting the other                      at 45 CFR 164.103.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44480               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  (2) The authorized user is prohibited                 § 401.716    Non-public analyses.                        (4) Analyses that contain information
                                               from using or disclosing the data or non-                   (a) General. So long as it meets the               that individually identifies a provider or
                                               public analyses for marketing purposes                   other requirements of this subpart, and               supplier (regardless of the level of the
                                               as defined at § 401.703(s).                              subject to the limits in paragraphs (b)               provider or supplier, that is, individual
                                                  (3) The authorized user is required to                and (c) of this section, the qualified                clinician, group of clinicians, or
                                               ensure adequate privacy and security                     entity may use the combined data to                   integrated delivery system) may not be
                                               protection for such data and non-public                  create non-public analyses in addition                disclosed unless one of the following
                                               analyses. At a minimum, regardless of                    to performance measures and provide or                three conditions apply:
                                               whether the authorized user is a HIPAA                   sell these non-public analyses to                        (i) The analysis only individually
                                               covered entity, such protections of                      authorized users (including any                       identifies the provider or supplier that
                                               beneficiary identifiable data must be at                 contractors or business associates                    is being supplied the analysis.
                                               least as protective as what is required of               described in the definition of authorized                (ii) Every provider or supplier
                                               covered entities and their business                      user).                                                individually identified in the analysis
                                               associates regarding protected health                       (b) Limitations on a qualified entity.             has been afforded the opportunity to
                                               information (PHI) under the HIPAA                        In addition to meeting the other                      appeal or correct errors using the
                                               Privacy and Security Rules. In all cases,                requirements of this subpart, a qualified             process at § 401.717(f).
                                               these requirements must be imposed for                   entity must comply with the following                    (iii) Every provider or supplier
                                               the life of such beneficiary identifiable                limitations as a pre-condition of                     individually identified in the analysis
                                               data or non-public analyses and/or any                   dissemination or selling non-public                   has notified the qualified entity, in
                                               derivative data, that is until all copies                analyses to an authorized user:                       writing, that analyses can be disclosed
                                               of such data or non-public analyses are                     (1) A qualified entity may only                    to the authorized user without first
                                               returned or destroyed. Such duties must                  provide or sell a non-public analysis to              going through the appeal and error
                                               be written in such a manner as to                        a health insurance issuer as defined in               correction process at § 401.717(f).
                                               survive termination of the QE DUA,                                                                                (c) Non-public analyses agreement
                                                                                                        § 401.703(l), after the health insurance
                                               whether for cause or not.                                                                                      between a qualified entity and an
                                                                                                        issuer or a business associate of that
                                                  (4) Except as provided for in                                                                               authorized user for beneficiary de-
                                                                                                        health insurance issuer has provided the
                                               paragraph (d)(5) of this section, the                                                                          identified non-public analyses
                                                                                                        qualified entity with claims data that
                                               authorized user must be prohibited from                                                                        disclosures. In addition to the other
                                                                                                        represents a majority of the health
                                               re-disclosing or making public any such                                                                        requirements of this subpart, a qualified
                                                                                                        insurance issuer’s covered lives, using
                                               data or non-public analyses.                                                                                   entity must enter a contractually
                                                                                                        one of the four methods of calculating
                                                  (5)(i) At the qualified entity’s                                                                            binding non-public analyses agreement
                                                                                                        covered lives established at 26 CFR
                                               discretion, it may permit an authorized                                                                        with the authorized user (including any
                                                                                                        46.4375–1(c)(2), for the time period and
                                               user that is a provider as defined in                                                                          contractors or business associates
                                                                                                        geographic region covered by the issuer-
                                               § 401.703(b) or a supplier as defined in                                                                       described in the definition of authorized
                                                                                                        requested non-public analyses. A
                                               § 401.703(c), to re-disclose such data                                                                         user) as a pre-condition to providing or
                                                                                                        qualified entity may not provide or sell
                                               and non-public analyses as a covered                                                                           selling de-identified analyses. Such
                                                                                                        a non-public analysis to a health
                                               entity will be permitted to disclose PHI                                                                       non-public analyses agreement must
                                                                                                        insurance issuer if the issuer does not
                                               under 45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(i), under 45                                                                        contain the following provisions:
                                                                                                        have any covered lives in the geographic
                                               CFR 164.506(c)(2), or under 45 CFR                                                                                (1) The authorized user may not use
                                                                                                        region covered by the issuer-requested
                                               164.502(e)(1).                                                                                                 the analyses or derivative data for the
                                                                                                        non-public analysis.
                                                  (ii) All other uses and disclosures of                                                                      following purposes:
                                                                                                           (2) Analyses that contain information                 (i) Marketing, as defined at
                                               such data and/or such non-public                         that individually identifies one or more              § 401.703(s).
                                               analyses is forbidden except to the                      beneficiaries may only be disclosed to a                 (ii) Harming or seeking to harm
                                               extent a disclosure qualifies as a                       provider or supplier (as defined at                   patients or other individuals both
                                               ‘‘required by law’’ disclosure.                          § 401.703(b) and (c)) when both of the                within and outside the healthcare
                                                  (6) Authorized users who/that receive                 following conditions are met:                         system regardless of whether their data
                                               the beneficiary de-identified combined                      (i) The analyses only contain                      are included in the analyses.
                                               data or Medicare data as contemplated                    identifiable information on beneficiaries                (iii) Effectuating or seeking
                                               under § 401.718 are contractually                        with whom the provider or supplier                    opportunities to effectuate fraud and/or
                                               prohibited from linking the beneficiary                  have a patient relationship as defined at             abuse in the healthcare system.
                                               de-identified data to any other                          § 401.703(r).                                            (2) If the authorized user is an
                                               identifiable source of information, and                     (ii) A QE DUA as defined at                        employer as defined in § 401.703(k), the
                                               must be contractually barred from                        § 401.713(d) is executed between the                  authorized user may only use the
                                               attempting any other means of re-                        qualified entity and the provider or                  analyses or derivative data for purposes
                                               identifying any individual whose data is                 supplier prior to making any                          of providing health insurance to
                                               included in such data.                                   individually identifiable beneficiary                 employees, retirees, or dependents of
                                                  (7) The QE DUA must bind authorized                   information available to the provider or              employees or retirees of that employer.
                                               user(s) to notifying the qualified entity                supplier.                                                (3)(i) At the qualified entity’s
                                               of any violations of the QE DUA, and it                     (3) Except as specified under                      discretion, it may permit an authorized
                                               must require the full cooperation of the                 paragraph (b)(2) of this section, all                 user that is a provider as defined in
                                               authorized user in the qualified entity’s                analyses must be limited to beneficiary               § 401.703(b) or a supplier as defined in
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               efforts to mitigate any harm that may                    de-identified data. Regardless of the                 § 401.703(c), to re-disclose the de-
                                               result from such violations, or to                       HIPAA covered entity or business                      identified analyses or derivative data, as
                                               comply with the breach provisions                        associate status of the qualified entity              a covered entity will be permitted under
                                               governing qualified entities under this                  and/or the authorized user, de-                       45 CFR 164.506(c)(4)(i), or under 45
                                               subpart.                                                 identification must be determined based               CFR 164.502(e)(1).
                                               ■ 4. Section 401.716 is added to read as                 on the standards for HIPAA covered                       (ii) All other uses and disclosures of
                                               follows:                                                 entities found at 45 CFR 164.514(b).                  such data and/or such non-public


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                          44481

                                               analyses is forbidden except to the                      § 401.718    Dissemination of data.                      (iii) The total amount of fees received
                                               extent a disclosure qualifies as a                          (a) General. Subject to the other                  for providing, selling, or sharing the
                                               ‘‘required by law’’ disclosure.                          requirements in this subpart, the                     data.
                                                  (4) If the authorized user is not a                   requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c)                   (iv) QE DUA violations.
                                               provider or supplier, the authorized                     of this section and any other applicable              *       *     *     *     *
                                               user may not re-disclose or make public                  laws or contractual agreements, a                        (d) * * *
                                               any non-public analyses or derivative                    qualified entity may provide or sell                     (5) In the case of a violation, as
                                               data except as required by law.                          combined data or provide Medicare data                defined at § 401.703(t), of the CMS DUA
                                                                                                        at no cost to authorized users defined at             or the QE DUA, CMS will impose an
                                                  (5) The authorized user may not link                  § 401.703(b), (c), (m), and (n).                      assessment on a qualified entity in
                                               the de-identified analyses to any other                     (b) Data—(1) De-identification. Except             accordance with the following:
                                               identifiable source of information and                   as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this                 (i) Amount of assessment. CMS will
                                               may not in any other way attempt to                      section, any data provided or sold by a               calculate the amount of the assessment
                                               identify any individual whose de-                        qualified entity to an authorized user                of up to $100 per individual entitled to,
                                               identified data is included in the                       must be limited to beneficiary de-                    or enrolled for, benefits under part A of
                                               analyses.                                                identified data. De-identification must               title XVIII of the Social Security Act or
                                                  (6) The authorized user must notify                   be determined based on the de-                        enrolled for benefits under Part B of
                                               the qualified entity of any DUA                          identification standards for HIPAA                    such title whose data was implicated in
                                               violations, and it must fully cooperate                  covered entities found at 45 CFR                      the violation based on the following:
                                               with the qualified entity’s efforts to                   164.514(b).                                              (A) Basic factors. In determining the
                                               mitigate any harm that may result from                      (2) Exception. If such disclosure will             amount per impacted individual, CMS
                                               such violations.                                         be consistent with all applicable laws,               takes into account the following:
                                                                                                        data that individually identifies a                      (1) The nature and the extent of the
                                               ■ 5. Section 401.717 is amended by                       beneficiary may only be disclosed to a
                                               adding paragraph (f) to read as follows:                                                                       violation.
                                                                                                        provider or supplier (as defined at                      (2) The nature and the extent of the
                                               § 401.717 Provider and supplier requests                 § 401.703(b) and (c)) with whom the                   harm or potential harm resulting from
                                               for error correction.                                    identifiable individuals in such data                 the violation.
                                               *      *    *      *     *                               have a current patient relationship as                   (3) The degree of culpability and the
                                                                                                        defined at § 401.703(r).                              history of prior violations.
                                                  (f) A qualified entity must comply                       (c) Data use agreement between a                      (B) Criteria to be considered. In
                                               with the following requirements before                   qualified entity and an authorized user.              establishing the basic factors, CMS
                                               disclosing non-public analyses, as                       A qualified entity must contractually                 considers the following circumstances:
                                               defined at § 401.716, which contain                      require an authorized user to comply                     (1) Aggravating circumstances.
                                               information that individually identifies                 with the requirements in § 401.713(d)                 Aggravating circumstances include the
                                               a provider or supplier:                                  prior to providing or selling data to an              following:
                                                  (1) A qualified entity must                           authorized user under § 401.718.                         (i) There were several types of
                                               confidentially notify a provider or                      ■ 7. Section 401.719 is amended by                    violations occurring over a lengthy
                                               supplier that non-public analyses that                   adding paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) and                  period of time.
                                               individually identify the provider or                    (d)(5) to read as follows:                               (ii) There were many of these
                                               supplier are going to be released to an                                                                        violations or the nature and
                                               authorized user at least 65 calendar days                § 401.719 Monitoring and sanctioning of               circumstances indicate a pattern of
                                                                                                        qualified entities.
                                               before disclosing the analyses. This                                                                           violations.
                                               confidential notification must include a                 *      *    *     *    *                                 (iii) The nature of the violation had
                                               short summary of the analyses                              (b) * * *                                           the potential or actually resulted in
                                               (including the measures calculated), the                   (3) Non-public analyses provided or                 harm to beneficiaries.
                                               process for the provider or supplier to                  sold to authorized users under this                      (2) Mitigating circumstances.
                                               request the analyses, the authorized                     subpart, including the following                      Mitigating circumstances include the
                                               users receiving the analyses, and the                    information:                                          following:
                                                                                                          (i) A summary of the analyses                          (i) All of the violations subject to the
                                               date on which the qualified entity will
                                                                                                        provided or sold, including—                          imposition of an assessment were few in
                                               release the analyses to the authorized                     (A) The number of analyses.
                                               user.                                                                                                          number, of the same type, and occurring
                                                                                                          (B) The number of purchasers of such
                                                  (2) A qualified entity must allow                                                                           within a short period of time.
                                                                                                        analyses.
                                               providers and suppliers the opportunity                                                                           (ii) The violation was the result of an
                                                                                                          (C) The types of authorized users that
                                               to opt-in to the review and correction                                                                         unintentional and unrecognized error
                                                                                                        purchased analyses.
                                               process as defined in paragraphs (a)                       (D) The total amount of fees received               and the qualified entity took corrective
                                               through (e) of this section, anytime                     for such analyses.                                    steps immediately after discovering the
                                               during the 65 calendar days. If a                          (E) QE DUA or non-public analyses                   error.
                                                                                                        agreement violations.                                    (C) Effects of aggravating or mitigating
                                               provider or supplier chooses to opt-in to
                                                                                                          (ii) A description of the topics and                circumstances. In determining the
                                               the review and correction process more
                                                                                                        purposes of such analyses.                            amount of the assessment to be imposed
                                               than 5 days into the notification period,
                                                                                                          (iii) The number of analyses disclosed              under paragraph (d)(5)(i)(A) of this
                                               the time for the review and correction
                                                                                                        with unresolved requests for error                    section:
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                               process is shortened from 60 days to the
                                                                                                        correction.                                              (1) If there are substantial or several
                                               number of days between the provider or
                                                                                                          (4) Data provided or sold to                        mitigating circumstance, the aggregate
                                               supplier opt-in date and the release date
                                                                                                        authorized users under this subpart,                  amount of the assessment is set at an
                                               specified in the confidential
                                                                                                        including the following information:                  amount sufficiently below the
                                               notification.
                                                                                                          (i) The entities who received data.                 maximum permitted by paragraph
                                               ■ 6. Section 401.718 is added to read as                   (ii) The basis under which each entity              (d)(5)(i)(A) of this section to reflect the
                                               follows:                                                 received such data.                                   mitigating circumstances.


                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3


                                               44482               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 130 / Thursday, July 7, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  (2) If there are substantial or several               exclusion may result in termination of                   (B) The United States or a state agency
                                               aggravating circumstances, the aggregate                 the provider’s agreement in accordance                may deduct the amount of an
                                               amount of the assessment is set at an                    with section 1866(b)(2)(C) of the Act.                assessment when finally determined, or
                                               amount at or sufficiently close to the                      (F) The means by which the qualified               the amount agreed upon in compromise,
                                               maximum permitted by paragraph                           entity may pay the amount if they do                  from any sum then or later owing the
                                               (d)(5)(i)(A) of this section to reflect the              not intend to request a hearing.                      qualified entity.
                                               aggravating circumstances.                                  (iii) Failure to request a hearing. If the            (C) Matters that were raised or that
                                                  (D) The standards set for the qualified               qualified entity does not request a                   could have been raised in a hearing
                                               entity in this paragraph are binding,                    hearing within 60 days of receipt of the              before an ALJ or in an appeal under
                                               except to the extent that—                               notice of proposed determination, any                 section 1128A(e) of the Act may not be
                                                  (1) The amount imposed is not less                    assessment becomes final and CMS may                  raised as a defense in a civil action by
                                               than the approximate amount required                     impose the proposed assessment.                       the United States to collect an
                                               to fully compensate the United States,                      (A) CMS notifies the qualified entity,             assessment.
                                               or any State, for its damages and costs,                 by certified mail with return receipt
                                               tangible and intangible, including but                   requested, of any assessment that has                 ■ 8. Section 401.721 is amended by
                                               not limited to the costs attributable to                 been imposed and of the means by                      adding paragraph (a)(7) to read as
                                               the investigation, prosecution, and                      which the qualified entity may satisfy                follows:
                                               administrative review of the case.                       the judgment.                                         § 401.721 Terminating an agreement with a
                                                  (2) Nothing in this section limits the                   (B) The qualified entity has no right              qualified entity.
                                               authority of CMS to settle any issue or                  to appeal an assessment for which the
                                               case as provided by part 1005 of this                    qualified entity has not requested a                    (a) * * *
                                               title or to compromise any assessment                    hearing.                                                (7) Fails to ensure authorized users
                                               as provided by paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(E) of                   (iv) When an assessment is collectible.            comply with their QE DUAs or analysis
                                               this section.                                            An assessment becomes collectible after               use agreements.
                                                  (ii) Notice of determination. CMS                     the earliest of the following:                        *     *     *     *    *
                                               must propose an assessment in                               (A) Sixty (60) days after the qualified
                                                                                                        entity receives CMS’s notice of                       ■ 9. Section 401.722 is added to read as
                                               accordance with this paragraph (d)(5),                                                                         follows:
                                               by notifying the qualified entity by                     proposed determination under
                                               certified mail, return receipt requested.                paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section, if the          § 401.722    Qualified clinical data registries.
                                               Such notice must include the following                   qualified entity has not requested a
                                                                                                                                                                (a) A qualified clinical data registry
                                               information:                                             hearing.
                                                                                                           (B) Immediately after the qualified                that agrees to meet all the requirements
                                                  (A) The assessment amount.                                                                                  in this subpart, with the exception of
                                                  (B) The statutory and regulatory bases                entity abandons or waives its appeal
                                                                                                        right at any administrative level.                    § 401.707(d), may request access to
                                               for the assessment.
                                                                                                           (C) Thirty (30) days after the qualified           Medicare data as a quasi qualified entity
                                                  (C) A description of the violations
                                                                                                        entity receives the ALJ’s decision                    in accordance with such qualified entity
                                               upon which the assessment was
                                                                                                        imposing an assessment under                          program requirements.
                                               proposed.
                                                  (D) Any mitigating or aggravating                     § 1005.20(d) of this title, if the qualified            (b) Notwithstanding § 401.703(q)
                                               circumstances that CMS considered                        entity has not requested a review before              (generally defining combined data), for
                                               when it calculated the amount of the                     the DAB.                                              purposes of qualified clinical data
                                               proposed assessment.                                        (D) Sixty (60) days after the qualified            registries acting as quasi qualified
                                                  (E) Information concerning response                   entity receives the DAB’s decision                    entities under the qualified entity
                                               to the notice, including:                                imposing an assessment if the qualified               program requirements, combined data
                                                  (1) A specific statement of the                       entity has not requested a stay of the                means, at a minimum, a set of CMS
                                               respondent’s right to a hearing in                       decision under § 1005.22(b) of this title.            claims data provided under this subpart
                                               accordance with procedures established                      (v) Collection of an assessment. Once              combined with clinical data or a subset
                                               at Section 1128A of the Act and                          a determination by HHS has become                     of clinical data.
                                               implemented in 42 CFR part 1005.                         final, CMS is responsible for the                       Dated: June 22, 2016.
                                                  (2) A statement that failure to respond               collection of any assessment.                         Andrew M. Slavitt,
                                               within 60 days renders the proposed                         (A) The General Counsel may
                                                                                                                                                              Acting Administrator, Centers for Medicare
                                               determination final and permits the                      compromise an assessment imposed                      & Medicaid Services.
                                               imposition of the proposed assessment.                   under this part, after consulting with
                                                  (3) A statement that the debt may be                  CMS or OIG, and the Federal                             Dated: June 28, 2016.
                                               collected through an administrative                      government may recover the assessment                 Sylvia M. Burwell,
                                               offset.                                                  in a civil action brought in the United               Secretary, Department of Health and Human
                                                  (4) In the case of a respondent that has              States district court for the district                Services.
                                               an agreement under section 1866 of the                   where the claim was presented or where                [FR Doc. 2016–15708 Filed 7–1–16; 11:15 am]
                                               Act, notice that imposition of an                        the qualified entity resides.                         BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
sradovich on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES3




                                          VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:38 Jul 06, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\07JYR3.SGM   07JYR3



Document Created: 2018-02-08 07:54:32
Document Modified: 2018-02-08 07:54:32
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal rule.
DatesThese regulations are effective on September 6, 2016.
ContactAllison Oelschlaeger, (202) 690-8257. Kari Gaare, (410) 786-8612.
FR Citation81 FR 44456 
RIN Number0938-AS66
CFR AssociatedClaims; Freedom of Information; Health Facilities; Medicare and Privacy

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR